Order No: PAPAMY1812006CE

Indoor Unit Outdoor Unit

CS-Z20VKEW CU-Z20VKE
CS-Z25VKEW CU-Z25VKE
CS-Z35VKEW CU-Z35VKE
CS-Z42VKEW CU-Z42VKE
CS-Z50VKEW CU-Z50VKE
CS-Z71VKEW CU-Z71VKE
CS-XZ20VKEW CU-Z20VKE
CS-XZ25VKEW CU-Z25VKE
CS-XZ35VKEW CU-Z35VKE
CS-XZ50VKEW CU-Z50VKE

Destination
Europe
Turkey

WARNING
This service information is designed for experienced repair technicians only and is not designed for use by the general public.
It does not contain warnings or cautions to advise non-technical individuals of potential dangers in attempting to service a product.
Products powered by electricity should be serviced or repaired only by experienced professional technicians. Any attempt to service
or repair the products dealt with in this service information by anyone else could result in serious injury or death.

IMPORTANT SAFETY NOTICE

There are special components used in this equipment which are important for safety. These parts are marked by in the Schematic
Diagrams, Circuit Board Diagrams, Exploded Views and Replacement Parts List. It is essential that these critical parts should be replaced
with manufacturer’s specified parts to prevent shock, fire or other hazards. Do not modify the original design without permission of
manufacturer.

PRECAUTION OF LOW TEMPERATURE

In order to avoid frostbite, be assured of no refrigerant leakage during the installation or repairing of refrigerant circuit.

CAUTION
R32 REFRIGERANT – This Air Conditioner contains and operates with refrigerant R32.
THIS PRODUCT MUST ONLY BE INSTALLED OR SERVICED BY QUALIFIED PERSONNEL.
Refer to Commonwealth, State, Territory and local legislation, regulations, codes, installation & operation manuals, before the
installation, maintenance and/or service of this product.

© Panasonic Corporation 2018.

 CAUTION
Before performing any of the electrical installation works, please verify on which of the intended connection use. Generally
there are 2 types of indoor-outdoor connections:
○
A Single Connection (Single Indoor Unit connects with Single Outdoor Unit)

○
B Multiple Connection (Multiple Indoor Unit connect with Single Outdoor Unit)
Both connections have different connecting methods. Any mismatch connections will result in malfunctions.
The following illustration demonstrates the correct electrical works for both type.

○
A (Single Connection) ○
B (Multiple Connection)

Terminals on the outdoor unit S1 2 3 Terminals on the outdoor unit 1 2 3

Colour of wires (connection cable) Colour of wires (connection cable)
Terminals on the indoor unit L 1 N S1 2 3 Terminals on the indoor unit L 1 N S1 2 3
(Power supply cord) (Power supply cord) * Connection for multi inverter model
(Outdoor power supply)
Terminals on the isolating devices (L) (N) Terminals on the isolating devices
(Disconnecting means) (Disconnecting means)

Please refer to the provided Installation Instructions for the detailed procedures for connecting cables to Indoor Unit.

2
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PAGE PAGE
1. Safety Precautions ............................................. 5 13.4 New installation, Relocation, Repairing of
2. Precaution for Using R32 Refrigerant .............. 8 Refrigerant Cycle System The
Procedures ................................................. 64
3. Specifications ................................................... 12 13.5 Piping installation of R32 ............................ 65
4. Features ............................................................ 25 13.6 Installation, Relocation, and Service .......... 66
13.7 Repairing of refrigerant cycle / Brazing
5. Location of Controls and Components.......... 26 point ............................................................ 70
5.1 Indoor Unit .................................................. 26 13.8 <Reference> Analysis method for no error
5.2 Outdoor Unit ............................................... 26 code, no cooling / no warming ................... 76
5.3 Remote Control .......................................... 26 14. Operation Control............................................. 78
6. Dimensions ....................................................... 27 14.1 Basic Function ............................................ 78
6.1 Indoor Unit .................................................. 27 14.2 Indoor Fan Motor Operation ....................... 79
6.2 Outdoor Unit ............................................... 29 14.3 Outdoor Fan Motor Operation .................... 80
14.4 Airflow Direction ......................................... 81
7. Refrigeration Cycle Diagram ........................... 31
14.5 Quiet Operation (Cooling Mode/Cooling
7.1 CS-Z20VKEW CU-Z20VKE Area of Dry Mode) ...................................... 84
CS-Z25VKEW CU-Z25VKE 14.6 Quiet Operation (Heating) .......................... 84
CS-Z35VKEW CU-Z35VKE 14.7 Powerful Mode Operation .......................... 84
CS-Z42VKEW CU-Z42VKE 14.8 Timer Control.............................................. 85
CS-XZ20VKEW CU-Z20VKE 14.9 Sleep Mode Operation ............................... 85
CS-XZ25VKEW CU-Z25VKE 14.10 Auto Restart Control ................................... 86
CS-XZ35VKEW CU-Z35VKE ..................... 31 14.11 Indication Panel .......................................... 87
7.2 CS-Z50VKEW CU-Z50VKE 14.12 nanoeTM X Operation .................................. 87
CS-Z71VKEW CU-Z71VKE 14.13 Mild Dry Cooling Operation ........................ 89
CS-XZ50VKEW CU-Z50VKE ..................... 32 14.14 Wireless LAN Control ................................. 89
8. Block Diagram .................................................. 33 15. Operation Control (For Multi Split
8.1 CS-Z20VKEW CU-Z20VKE Connection) ...................................................... 92
CS-XZ20VKEW CU-Z20VKE ..................... 33 15.1 Cooling operation ....................................... 92
8.2 CS-Z25VKEW CU-Z25VKE 15.2 Soft Dry Operation...................................... 92
CS-Z35VKEW CU-Z35VKE 15.3 Heating Operation ...................................... 92
CS-Z42VKEW CU-Z42VKE 15.4 Automatic Operation .................................. 93
CS-XZ25VKEW CU-Z25VKE 15.5 Indoor Fan Motor Operation ....................... 93
CS-XZ35VKEW CU-Z35VKE ..................... 34 15.6 Powerful Mode Operation .......................... 93
8.3 CS-Z50VKEW CU-Z50VKE 15.7 Auto Restart Control ................................... 93
CS-Z71VKEW CU-Z71VKE ....................... 35 15.8 Indication Panel .......................................... 93
9. Wiring Connection Diagram ............................ 36 15.9 Mild Dry Cooling Operation ........................ 93
9.1 Indoor Unit .................................................. 36 16. Protection Control ............................................ 94
9.2 Outdoor Unit ............................................... 37 16.1 Protection Control for All Operations.......... 94
10. Electronic Circuit Diagram .............................. 39 16.2 Protection Control for Cooling & Soft Dry
Operation .................................................... 96
10.1 Indoor Unit .................................................. 39 16.3 Protection Control for Heating
10.2 Outdoor Unit ............................................... 40 Operation .................................................... 97
11. Printed Circuit Board ....................................... 42 17. Servicing Mode ................................................. 99
11.1 Indoor Unit .................................................. 42 17.1 Auto OFF/ON Button .................................. 99
11.2 Outdoor Unit ............................................... 45 17.2 Heat Only Operation ................................ 100
12. Installation Instruction ..................................... 48 17.3 Remote Control Button ............................. 102
12.1 Select the Best Location ............................ 48 18. Troubleshooting Guide .................................. 108
12.2 Indoor Unit .................................................. 49 18.1 Refrigeration Cycle System ...................... 108
13. Installation and Servicing Air Conditioner 18.2 Breakdown Self Diagnosis Function ........ 110
using R32 .......................................................... 58 18.3 Error Codes Table .................................... 111
13.1 About R32 Refrigerant ............................... 58 18.4 Self-diagnosis Method .............................. 113
13.2 Characteristics of R32 Refrigerant ............. 58 19. Disassembly and Assembly Instructions .... 141
13.3 Refrigerant piping installation • Tools used 19.1 CS-Z20VKEW CS-Z25VKEW
in services .................................................. 60 CS-Z35VKEW CS-Z42VKEW
CS-XZ20VKEW CS-XZ25VKEW
CS-XZ35VKEW ........................................ 141
3
 19.2 CS-Z50VKEW CS-Z71VKEW
CS-XZ50VKEW ........................................148
19.3 Outdoor Electronic Controller Removal
Procedure .................................................156
19.4 ‘Panasonic Comfort Cloud’ App Setting
Procedure [After Replace Main Printed
Circuit Board or Change the Indoor
Unit] ..........................................................159
20. Technical Data ................................................171
20.1 Cool Mode Performance Data ..................171
20.2 Heat Mode Performance Data..................173
21. Service Data ....................................................175
21.1 Cool Mode Outdoor Air Temperature
Characteristic............................................175
21.2 Heat Mode Outdoor Air Temperature
Characteristic............................................181
21.3 Piping Length Correction Factor...............187
22. Exploded View and Replacement Parts
List ...................................................................189
22.1 Indoor Unit ................................................189
22.2 Outdoor Unit .............................................201

4
1. Safety Precautions
 Read the following “SAFETY PRECAUTIONS” carefully before perform any servicing.
 Electrical work must be installed or serviced by a licensed electrician. Be sure to use the correct rating of the
power plug and main circuit for the model installed.
 The caution items stated here must be followed because these important contents are related to safety. The
meaning of each indication used is as below. Incorrect installation or servicing due to ignoring of the instruction
will cause harm or damage, and the seriousness is classified by the following indications.

WARNING This indication shows the possibility of causing death or serious injury.

CAUTION This indication shows the possibility of causing injury or damage to properties.

 The items to be followed are classified by the symbols:

This symbol denotes item that is PROHIBITTED from doing.

 Explanation of symbols displayed on the indoor unit or outdoor unit.

WARNING This symbol shows that this equipment uses a flammable refrigerant.
If the refrigerant is leaked, together with an external ignition source, there is a possibility of ignition.
CAUTION This symbol shows that the Operation Manual should be read carefully.

CAUTION This symbol shows that a service personnel should be handling this equipment with reference to the
Installation Manual.
CAUTION This symbol shows that there is information included in the Operation Manual and/or Installation Manual.

 Carry out test run to confirm that no abnormality occurs after the servicing. Then, explain to user the operation,
care and maintenance as stated in instructions. Please remind the customer to keep the operating instructions for
future reference.

WARNING

Do not use means to accelerate the defrosting process or to clean, other than those recommended by the manufacturer. Any
1.
unfit method or using incompatible material may cause product damage, burst and serious injury.
Do not install outdoor unit near handrail of veranda. When installing air-conditioner unit on veranda of a high rise building, child
2.
may climb up to outdoor unit and cross over the handrail causing an accident.
Do not use unspecified cord, modified cord, joint cord or extension cord for power supply cord. Do not share the single outlet
3. with other electrical appliances.
Poor contact, poor insulation or over current will cause electrical shock or fire.
2
The appliance shall be stored in a well ventilated room with floor area larger than Amin (m ) [refer Table A] and without any
continuously operating ignition sources.
4.
Keep away from open flames, any operating gas appliances or any operating electric heater. Else, it may explode and cause
injury or death.

5. Do not tie up the power supply cord into a bundle by band. Abnormal temperature rise on power supply cord may happen.

6. Do not insert your fingers or other objects into the unit, high speed rotating fan may cause injury.

7. Do not sit or step on the unit, you may fall down accidentally.
2
The appliance shall be installed, and/or operated in a room with floor area larger than Amin (m ) [refer Table A] and keep away
8. from ignition sources, such as heat/sparks/open flame, or, hazardous areas, such as gas appliances, gas cooking, reticulated
gas supply systems, or electric cooking appliances, etc.

9. Keep plastic bag (packaging material) away from small children, it may cling to nose and mouth and prevent breathing.

When installing or relocating air conditioner, do not let any substance other than the specified refrigerant, eg. air etc mix into
10. refrigeration cycle (piping).
Mixing of air etc. will cause abnormal high pressure in refrigeration cycle and result in explosion, injury etc.
Do not pierce or burn as the appliance is pressurized. Do not expose the appliance to heat, flame, sparks, or other sources of
11. ignition.
Else, it may explode and cause injury or death.

12. Do not add or replace refrigerant other than specified type. It may cause product damage, burst and injury etc.

5
 WARNING
Do not perform flare connection inside a building or dwelling or room, when joining the heat exchanger of indoor unit with
interconnecting piping. Refrigerant connection inside a building or dwelling or room must be made by brazing or welding. Joint
13.
connection of indoor unit by flaring method can only be made at outdoor or at outside of a building or dwelling or room. Flare
connection may cause gas leak and flammable atmosphere.
 For R410A/R32 model, use piping, flare nut and tools which is specified for R32 refrigerant. Using of existing (R22) piping, flare nut
and tools may cause abnormally high pressure in the refrigerant cycle (piping), and possibly result in explosion and injury.
14.
 Thickness for copper pipes used with R32 must be more than 0.8 mm. Never use copper pipes thinner than 0.8 mm.
 It is desirable that the amount of residual oil less than 40 mg/10 m.
Engage authorized dealer or specialist for installation and servicing. If installation or servicing done by the user is defective, it will cause
15.
water leakage, electrical shock or fire.
For refrigeration system work, Install according to this installation instructions strictly. If installation is defective, it will cause water
16.
leakage, electrical shock or fire.
Use the attached accessories parts and specified parts for installation and servicing. Otherwise, it will cause the set to fall, water
17.
leakage, fire or electrical shock.
Install at a strong and firm location which is able to withstand weight of the set. If the strength is not enough or installation is not properly
18.
done, the set will drop and cause injury.
For electrical work, follow the national regulation, legistration and this installation instructions. An independent circuit and single outlet
19.
must be used. If electrical circuit capacity is not enough or defect found in the electrical work, it will cause electrical shock or fire.
Do not use joint cable for indoor/outdoor connection cable. Use the specified indoor/outdoor connection cable, refer to instruction
CONNECT THE CABLE TO THE INDOOR UNIT and connect tightly for indoor/outdoor connection. Clamp the cable so that no external
20.
force will have impact on the terminal.
If connection or fixing is not perfect, it will cause heat up or fire at the connection.
Wire routing must be properly arranged so that control board cover is fixed properly. If control board cover is not fixed perfectly, it will
21.
cause heat-up or fire at connection point of terminal, fire or electrical shock.
This equipment is strongly recommended to be installed with Earth Leakage Circuit Breaker (ELCB) or Residual Current Device (RCD),
22. with sensitivity of 30mA at 0.1 sec or less. Otherwise, it may cause electrical shock and fire in case of equipment breakdown or
insulation breakdown.
During installation, install the refrigerant piping properly before running the compressor. Operation of compressor without fixing
23. refrigeration piping and valves at opened position will cause suck-in of air, abnormal high pressure in refrigeration cycle and result in
explosion, injury etc.
During pump down operation, stop the compressor before removing the refrigeration piping. Removal of refrigeration piping while
24. compressor is operating and valves are opened will cause suck-in of air, abnormal high pressure in refrigeration cycle and result in
explosion, injury etc.
Tighten the flare nut with torque wrench according to specified method. If the flare nut is over-tightened, after a long period, the flare
25.
may break and cause refrigerant gas leakage.
After completion of installation or service, confirm there is no leakage of refrigerant gas. It may generate toxic gas when the refrigerant
26.
contacts with fire.

27. Ventilate if there is refrigerant gas leakage during operation. It may cause toxic gas when the refrigerant contacts with fire.

28. Be aware that refrigerants may not contain an odour.

This equipment must be properly earthed. Earth line must not be connected to gas pipe, water pipe, earth of lightning rod and
29.
telephone. Otherwise, it may cause electrical shock in case of equipment breakdown or insulation breakdown.

30. Do not modify the machine, part, material during repairing service.

31. If wiring unit is supplied as repairing part, do not repair or connect the wire even only partial wire break. Exchange the whole wiring unit.

32. Do not wrench the fasten terminal. Pull it out or insert it straightly.

33. Must not use other parts except original parts describe in catalog and manual.

CAUTION

Do not install the unit in a place where leakage of flammable gas may occur. In case gas leaks and accumulates at surrounding
1.
of the unit, it may cause fire.

2. Prevent liquid or vapor from entering sumps or sewers since vapor is heavier than air and may form suffocating atmospheres.

Do not release refrigerant during piping work for installation, servicing, reinstallation and during repairing a refrigerant parts.
3.
Take care of the liquid refrigerant, it may cause frostbite.

4. Do not install this appliance in a laundry room or other location where water may drip from the ceiling, etc.

6
 CAUTION

5. Do not touch the sharp aluminium fin, sharp parts may cause injury.

Carry out drainage piping as mentioned in installation instructions. If drainage is not perfect, water may enter the room and damage the
6.
furniture.
Select an installation location which is easy for maintenance.
7. Incorrect installation, service or repair of this air conditioner may increase the risk of rupture and this may result in loss damage or injury
and/or property.
Power supply connection to the room air conditioner.
2 2
Use power supply cord 3 × 1.5 mm (1/2 ~ 1.75HP), 3 × 2.5 mm (2.0 ~ 2.5HP) type designation 60245 IEC 57 or heavier cord.
Connect the power supply cord of the air conditioner to the mains using one of the following method.
Power supply point should be in easily accessible place for power disconnection in case of emergency.
In some countries, permanent connection of this air conditioner to the power supply is prohibited.
8.
1) Power supply connection to the receptacle using power plug.
Use an approved 15/16A (1/2 ~ 1.75HP), 16A (2.0HP), 20A (2.5HP) power plug with earth pin for the connection to the socket.
2) Power supply connection to a circuit breaker for the permanent connection.
Use an approved 16A (1/2 ~ 2.0HP), 20A (2.5HP) circuit breaker for the permanent connection. It must be a double pole switch with
a minimum 3.0 mm contact gap.

9. Installation or servicing work: It may need two people to carry out the installation or servicing work.

Pb free solder has a higher melting point than standard solder; typically the melting point is 50°F – 70°F (30°C – 40°C) higher.
Please use a high temperature solder iron. In case of the soldering iron with temperature control, please set it to 700 ± 20°F
10
(370 ± 10°C).
Pb free solder will tend to splash when heated too high (about 1100°F / 600°C).
Do not touch the sharp aluminum fins or edges of metal parts.
11. If you are required to handle sharp parts during installation or servicing, please wear hand glove.
Sharp parts may cause injury.
Tighten the flare nut with torque wrench according to specified method. If the flare nut is over-tightened, after a long period, the flare may
12.
break and cause refrigerant gas leakage.

13. Do not touch outdoor unit air inlet and aluminium fin. It may cause injury.

7
2. Precaution for Using R32 Refrigerant
 The basic installation work procedures are the same as conventional refrigerant (R410A, R22) models.
However, pay careful attention to the following points:

WARNING
Since the working pressure is higher than that of refrigerant R22 models, some of the piping and installation and service tools are
special.
(See “2.1. Special tools for R32 (R410A)”.)
1.
Especially, when replacing a refrigerant R22 model with a new refrigerant R32 model, always replace the conventional piping and flare
nuts with the R32 and R410A piping and flare nuts on the outdoor unit side.
For R32 and R410A, the same flare nut on the outdoor unit side and pipe can be used.
Models that use refrigerant R32 and R410A have a different charging port thread diameter to prevent erroneous charging with refrigerant
2. R22 and for safety.
Therefore, check beforehand. [The charging port thread diameter for R32 and R410A is 12.7 mm (1/2 inch).]
Be more careful than R22 so that foreign matter (oil, water, etc.) does not enter the piping.
3.
Also, when storing the piping, securely seal the opening by pinching, taping, etc. (Handling of R32 is similar to R410A.)

CAUTION
Installation (Space)
 Must ensure the installation of pipe-work shall be kept to a minimum. Avoid use dented pipe and do not allow acute bending.
 Must ensure that pipe-work shall be protected from physical damage.
 Must comply with national gas regulations, state municipal rules and legislation. Notify relevant authorities in accordance with all
applicable regulations.
 Must ensure mechanical connections be accessible for maintenance purposes.
1.
 In cases that require mechanical ventilation, ventilation openings shall be kept clear of obstruction.
 When disposal of the product, do follow to the precautions in #12 and comply with national regulations.
 Always contact to local municipal offices for proper handling.
 Interconnecting refrigerant pipework, i.e. pipework external to the unitary components, should be marked with a Class label (see
Figure 9.1 of Code of Practice) every two metres where the pipework is visible. This includes pipework located in a ceiling space or
any void which a person may access for maintenance or repair work within that space.
Servicing
2-1. Service personnel
 Any qualified person who is involved with working on or breaking into a refrigerant circuit should hold a current valid certificate from
an industry-accredited assessment authority, which authorizes their competence to handle refrigerants safely in accordance with an
industry recognised assessment specification.
 Servicing shall only be performed as recommended by the equipment manufacturer. Maintenance and repair requiring the
assistance of other skilled personnel shall be carried out under the supervision of the person competent in the use of flammable
refrigerants.
 Servicing shall be performed only as recommended by the manufacturer.
2-2. Work
 Prior to beginning work on systems containing flammable refrigerants, safety checks are necessary to ensure that the risk of
ignition is minimised.
 For repair to the refrigerating system, the precautions in #2-2 to #2-8 must be followed before conducting work on the system.
 Work shall be undertaken under a controlled procedure so as to minimize the risk of a flammable gas or vapor being present while
the work is being performed.
 All maintenance staff and others working in the local area shall be instructed and supervised on the nature of work being carried
2. out.
 Avoid working in confined spaces.
 Wear appropriate protective equipment, including respiratory protection, as conditions warrant.
 Ensure that the conditions within the area have been made safe by limit of use of any flammable material. Keep all sources of
ignition and hot metal surfaces away.
2-3. Checking for presence of refrigerant
 The area shall be checked with an appropriate refrigerant detector prior to and during work, to ensure the technician is aware of
potentially flammable atmospheres.
 Ensure that the leak detection equipment being used is suitable for use with flammable refrigerants, i.e. non sparking, adequately
sealed or intrinsically safe.
 In case of leakage/spillage happened, immediately ventilate area and stay upwind and away from spill/release.
 In case of leakage/spillage happened, do notify persons downwind of the leaking/spill, isolate immediate hazard area and keep
unauthorized personnel out.
2-4. Presence of fire extinguisher
 If any hot work is to be conducted on the refrigeration equipment or any associated parts, appropriate fire extinguishing equipment
shall be available at hand.
 Have a dry powder or CO2 fire extinguisher adjacent to the charging area.

8
 CAUTION
2-5. No ignition sources
 No person carrying out work in relation to a refrigeration system which involves exposing any pipe work that contains or has
contained flammable refrigerant shall use any sources of ignition in such a manner that it may lead to the risk of fire or explosion.
He/She must not be smoking when carrying out such work.
 All possible ignition sources, including cigarette smoking, should be kept sufficiently far away from the site of installation, repairing,
removing and disposal, during which flammable refrigerant can possibly be released to the surrounding space.
 Prior to work taking place, the area around the equipment is to be surveyed to make sure that there are no flammable hazards or
ignition risks.
 “No Smoking” signs shall be displayed.
2-6. Ventilated area
 Ensure that the area is in the open or that it is adequately ventilated before breaking into the system or conducting any hot work.
 A degree of ventilation shall continue during the period that the work is carried out.
 The ventilation should safely disperse any released refrigerant and preferably expel it externally into the atmosphere.
2-7. Checks to the refrigeration equipment
 Where electrical components are being changed, they shall be fit for the purpose and to the correct specification.
 At all times the manufacturer’s maintenance and service guidelines shall be followed.
 If in doubt consult the manufacturer’s technical department for assistance.
 The following checks shall be applied to installations using flammable refrigerants.
- The charge size is in accordance with the room size within which the refrigerant containing parts are installed.
- The ventilation machinery and outlets are operating adequately and are not obstructed.
- If an indirect refrigerating circuit is being used, the secondary circuit shall be checked for the presence of refrigerant.
- Marking to the equipment continues to be visible and legible. Markings and signs that are illegible shall be corrected.
- Refrigeration pipe or components are installed in a position where they are unlikely to be exposed to any substance
which may corrode refrigerant containing components, unless the components are constructed of materials which are
inherently resistant to being corroded or are properly protected against being so corroded.
2-8. Checks to electrical devices
 Repair and maintenance to electrical components shall include initial safety checks and component inspection procedures.
 Initial safety checks shall include but not limit to:-
- That capacitors are discharged: this shall be done in a safe manner to avoid possibility of sparking.
- That there is no live electrical components and wiring are exposed while charging, recovering or purging the system.
- That there is continuity of earth bonding.
 At all times the manufacturer’s maintenance and service guidelines shall be followed.
 If in doubt consult the manufacturer’s technical department for assistance.
 If a fault exists that could compromise safety, then no electrical supply shall be connected to the circuit until it is satisfactorily dealt
with.
 If the fault cannot be corrected immediately but it is necessary to continue operation, an adequate temporary solution shall be used.
 The owner of the equipment must be informed or reported so all parties are advised thereinafter.
Repairs to sealed components
 During repairs to sealed components, all electrical supplies shall be disconnected from the equipment being worked upon prior to
any removal of sealed covers, etc.
 If it is absolutely necessary to have an electrical supply to equipment during servicing, then a permanently operating form of leak
detection shall be located at the most critical point to warn of a potentially hazardous situation.
 Particular attention shall be paid to the following to ensure that by working on electrical components, the casing is not altered in
such a way that the level of protection is affected. This shall include damage to cables, excessive number of connections, terminals
not made to original specification, damage to seals, incorrect fitting of glands, etc.
3.
 Ensure that apparatus is mounted securely.
 Ensure that seals or sealing materials have not degraded such that they no longer serve the purpose of preventing the ingress of
flammable atmospheres.
 Replacement parts shall be in accordance with the manufacturer’s specifications.

The use of silicon sealant may inhibit the effectiveness of some types of leak detection equipment.
NOTE:
Intrinsically safe components do not have to be isolated prior to working on them.

Repair to intrinsically safe components

 Do not apply any permanent inductive or capacitance loads to the circuit without ensuring that this will not exceed the permissible
voltage and current permitted for the equipment in use.
4.  Intrinsically safe components are the only types that can be worked on while live in the presence of a flammable atmosphere.
 The test apparatus shall be at the correct rating.
 Replace components only with parts specified by the manufacturer. Unspecified parts by manufacturer may result ignition of
refrigerant in the atmosphere from a leak.
Cabling
 Check that cabling will not be subject to wear, corrosion, excessive pressure, vibration, sharp edges or any other adverse
5.
environmental effects.
 The check shall also take into account the effects of aging or continual vibration from sources such as compressors or fans.
Detection of flammable refrigerants
6.  Under no circumstances shall potential sources of ignition be used in the searching or detection of refrigerant leaks.
 A halide torch (or any other detector using a naked flame) shall not be used.

9
 CAUTION
Leak detection methods
 Electronic leak detectors shall be used to detect flammable refrigerants, but the sensitivity may not be adequate, or may need re-
calibration.
(Detection equipment shall be calibrated in a refrigerant-free area.)
 Ensure that the detector is not a potential source of ignition and is suitable for the refrigerant used.
 Leak detection equipment shall be set at a percentage of the LFL of the refrigerant and shall be calibrated to the refrigerant
7. employed and the appropriate percentage of gas (25 % maximum) is confirmed.
 Leak detection fluids are suitable for use with most refrigerants but the use of detergents containing chlorine shall be avoided as the
chlorine may react with the refrigerant and corrode the copper pipe-work.
 If a leak is suspected, all naked flames shall be removed/extinguished.
 If a leakage of refrigerant is found which requires brazing, all of the refrigerant shall be recovered from the system, or isolated (by
means of shut off valves) in a part of the system remote from the leak. Oxygen free nitrogen (OFN) shall then be purged through
the system both before and during the brazing process.
Removal and evacuation
 When breaking into the refrigerant circuit to make repairs – or for any other purpose – conventional procedures shall be used.
However, it is important that best practice is followed since flammability is a consideration.
The following procedure shall be adhered to:

• remove refrigerant -> • purge the circuit with inert gas -> • evacuate -> • purge again with inert gas ->
• open the circuit by cutting or brazing

8.  The refrigerant charge shall be recovered into the correct recovery cylinders.
 The system shall be “flushed” with OFN to render the unit safe.
 This process may need to be repeated several times.
 Compressed air or oxygen shall not be used for this task.
 Flushing shall be achieved by breaking the vacuum in the system with OFN and continuing to fill until the working pressure is
achieved, then venting to atmosphere, and finally pulling down to a vacuum.
 This process shall be repeated until no refrigerant is within the system.
 When the final OFN charge is used, the system shall be vented down to atmospheric pressure to enable work to take place.
 This operation is absolutely vital if brazing operations on the pipe work are to take place.
 Ensure that the outlet for the vacuum pump is not close to any ignition sources and there is ventilation available.
Charging procedures
 In addition to conventional charging procedures, the following requirements shall be followed.
- Ensure that contamination of different refrigerants does not occur when using charging equipment.
- Hoses or lines shall be as short as possible to minimize the amount of refrigerant contained in them.
- Cylinders shall be kept upright.
- Ensure that the refrigeration system is earthed prior to charging the system with refrigerant.
- Label the system when charging is complete (if not already).
9. - Extreme care shall be taken not to over fill the refrigeration system.
 Prior to recharging the system it shall be pressure tested with OFN (refer to #7).
 The system shall be leak tested on completion of charging but prior to commissioning.
 A follow up leak test shall be carried out prior to leaving the site.
 Electrostatic charge may accumulate and create a hazardous condition when charging and discharging the refrigerant.
To avoid fire or explosion, dissipate static electricity during transfer by grounding and bonding containers and equipment before
charging/discharging.
Decommissioning
 Before carrying out this procedure, it is essential that the technician is completely familiar with the equipment and all its details.
 It is recommended good practice that all refrigerants are recovered safely.
 Prior to the task being carried out, an oil and refrigerant sample shall be taken in case analysis is required prior to re-use of
reclaimed refrigerant.
 It is essential that electrical power is available before the task is commenced.
a) Become familiar with the equipment and its operation.
b) Isolate system electrically.
c) Before attempting the procedure ensure that:

• mechanical handling equipment is available, if required, for handling refrigerant cylinders;

• all personal protective equipment is available and being used correctly;
• the recovery process is supervised at all times by a competent person;
10. • recovery equipment and cylinders conform to the appropriate standards.

d) Pump down refrigerant system, if possible.

e) If a vacuum is not possible, make a manifold so that refrigerant can be removed from various parts of the system.
f) Make sure that cylinder is situated on the scales before recovery takes place.
g) Start the recovery machine and operate in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions.
h) Do not over fill cylinders. (No more than 80 % volume liquid charge).
i) Do not exceed the maximum working pressure of the cylinder, even temporarily.
j) When the cylinders have been filled correctly and the process completed, make sure that the cylinders and the
equipment are removed from site promptly and all isolation valves on the equipment are closed off.
k) Recovered refrigerant shall not be charged into another refrigeration system unless it has been cleaned and checked.
 Electrostatic charge may accumulate and create a hazardous condition when charging or discharging the refrigerant.
To avoid fire or explosion, dissipate static electricity during transfer by grounding and bonding containers and equipment before
charging/discharging.

10
 CAUTION
Labelling
 Equipment shall be labelled stating that it has been de-commissioned and emptied of refrigerant.
11.
 The label shall be dated and signed.
 Ensure that there are labels on the equipment stating the equipment contains flammable refrigerant.
Recovery
 When removing refrigerant from a system, either for servicing or decommissioning, it is recommended good practice that all
refrigerants are removed safely.
 When transferring refrigerant into cylinders, ensure that only appropriate refrigerant recovery cylinders are employed.
 Ensure that the correct number of cylinders for holding the total system charge are available.
 All cylinders to be used are designated for the recovered refrigerant and labelled for that refrigerant (i.e. special cylinders for the
recovery of refrigerant).
 Cylinders shall be complete with pressure relief valve and associated shut-off valves in good working order.
 Recovery cylinders are evacuated and, if possible, cooled before recovery occurs.
 The recovery equipment shall be in good working order with a set of instructions concerning the equipment that is at hand and shall
be suitable for the recovery of flammable refrigerants.
 In addition, a set of calibrated weighing scales shall be available and in good working order.
12.
 Hoses shall be complete with leak-free disconnect couplings and in good condition.
 Before using the recovery machine, check that it is in satisfactory working order, has been properly maintained and that any
associated electrical components are sealed to prevent ignition in the event of a refrigerant release.
Consult manufacturer if in doubt.
 The recovered refrigerant shall be returned to the refrigerant supplier in the correct recovery cylinder, and the relevant Waste
Transfer Note arranged.
 Do not mix refrigerants in recovery units and especially not in cylinders.
 If compressors or compressor oils are to be removed, ensure that they have been evacuated to an acceptable level to make certain
that flammable refrigerant does not remain within the lubricant.
 The evacuation process shall be carried out prior to returning the compressor to the suppliers.
 Only electric heating to the compressor body shall be employed to accelerate this process.
 When oil is drained from a system, it shall be carried out safely.

11
3. Specifications
Indoor CS-Z20VKEW / CS-XZ20VKEW CS-Z25VKEW / CS-XZ25VKEW
Model
Outdoor CU-Z20VKE CU-Z25VKE
Performance Test Condition EUROVENT EUROVENT
Phase, Hz Single, 50 Single, 50
Power Supply
V 230 230
Min. Mid. Max. Min. Mid. Max.
kW 0.75 2.05 2.40 0.85 2.50 3.20
Capacity BTU/h 2560 6990 8180 2900 8530 10900
Kcal/h 650 1760 2060 730 2150 2750
Running Current A – 2.15 – – 2.50 –
Input Power W 240 450 555 240 520 790
Annual Consumption kWh – 225 – – 260 –
W/W 3.13 4.56 4.32 3.54 4.81 4.05
EER BTU/hW 10.67 15.53 14.74 12.08 16.40 13.80
Kcal/hW 2.71 3.91 3.71 3.04 4.13 3.48
Cooling

Pdesign kW 2.1 2.5

SEER (W/W) 7.5 8.5
ErP Annual
kWh 98 103
Consumption
Class A++ A+++
Power Factor % – 91 – – 90 –
dB-A 37 / 24 / 19 39 / 25 / 19
Indoor Noise (H / L / QLo)
Power Level dB 53 / – 55 / –
dB-A 45 / – 46 / –
Outdoor Noise (H / L)
Power Level dB 60 / – 61 / –
kW 0.70 2.80 4.00 0.80 3.40 5.00
Capacity BTU/h 2390 9550 13600 2730 11600 17100
Kcal/h 600 2410 3440 690 2920 4300
Running Current A – 2.80 – – 3.30 –
Input Power W 180 620 990 180 710 1.26k
W/W 3.89 4.52 4.04 4.44 4.79 3.97
COP BTU/hW 13.28 15.40 13.74 15.17 16.34 13.57
Kcal/hW 3.33 3.89 3.47 3.83 4.11 3.41
Pdesign kW 2.1 2.7
Heating

Tbivalent °C -10 -10

ErP SCOP (W/W) 4.7 5.1

Annual
kWh 626 741
Consumption
Class A++ A+++
Power Factor % – 96 – – 94 –
dB-A 38 / 25 / 19 41 / 27 / 19
Indoor Noise (H / L / QLo)
Power Level dB 54 / – 57 / –
dB-A 46 / – 47 / –
Outdoor Noise (H / L)
Power Level dB 61 / – 62 / –
Low Temp. : Capacity (kW) / [Link] (W) / COP 2.90 / 870 / 3.33 3.62 / 1.12k / 3.23
Extr Low Temp. : Capacity (kW) / [Link] (W) / COP 2.38 / 880 / 2.70 2.95 / 1.15k / 2.57
Max Current (A) / Max Input Power (W) 4.10 / 990 5.7 / 1.26k
Starting Current (A) 2.80 3.30

12
 Indoor CS-Z20VKEW / CS-XZ20VKEW CS-Z25VKEW / CS-XZ25VKEW
Model
Outdoor CU-Z20VKE CU-Z25VKE
Type Hermetic Motor (Rotary) Hermetic Motor (Rotary)
Compressor Motor Type Brushless Motor (6-poles) Brushless Motor (6-poles)
Output Power W 500 700
Type Cross-Flow Fan Cross-Flow Fan
Material ASG20K1 ASG20K1
Motor Type DC Motor (8-poles) DC Motor (8-poles)
Input Power W 47.3 47.3
Output Power W 40 40
Cool rpm 610 600
QLo
Indoor Fan

Heat rpm 610 620

Cool rpm 700 740
Lo
Heat rpm 780 860
Cool rpm 880 960
Speed Me
Heat rpm 960 1080
Cool rpm 1060 1190
Hi
Heat rpm 1140 1300
Cool rpm 1090 1240
SHi
Heat rpm 1170 1350
Type Propeller Fan Propeller Fan
Material PP PP
Outdoor Fan

Motor Type DC Motor (8-poles) DC Motor (8-poles)

Input Power W – –
Output Power W 40 40
Cool rpm 780 820
Speed Hi
Heat rpm 700 780
Moisture Removal L/h (Pt/h) 1.3 (2.7) 1.5 (3.2)
3 3
Cool m /min (ft /min) 5.06 (179) 4.92 (174)
QLo 3 3
Heat m /min (ft /min) 5.06 (179) 5.10 (180)
3 3
Cool m /min (ft /min) 6.02 (213) 6.17 (218)
Lo 3 3
Heat m /min (ft /min) 6.87 (243) 7.24 (256)
3 3
Indoor Cool m /min (ft /min) 7.93 (280) 8.13 (287)
Me
Airflow Heat
3 3
m /min (ft /min) 8.78 (310) 9.19 (325)
3 3
Cool m /min (ft /min) 9.90 (350) 10.20 (360)
Hi 3 3
Heat m /min (ft /min) 10.70 (380) 11.20 (395)
3 3
Cool m /min (ft /min) 10.17 (359) 10.62 (375)
SHi 3 3
Heat m /min (ft /min) 11.02 (389) 11.60 (410)
3 3
Outdoor Cool m /min (ft /min) 26.9 (950) 28.7 (1015)
Hi
Airflow Heat
3 3
m /min (ft /min) 24.1 (850) 27.2 (960)
Control Device Expansion valve Expansion valve
Refrigeration 3
Refrigerant Oil cm Ester oil VG 74 (260) FW50S (320)
Cycle
Refrigerant Type g (oz) R32, 700 (24.7) R32, 850 (30.0)
GWP 675 675

F-Gas CO2eq (ton)

(Precharged Amount / 0.473 / 0.523 0.574 / 0.624
Maximum Charged Amount)

13
 Indoor CS-Z20VKEW / CS-XZ20VKEW CS-Z25VKEW / CS-XZ25VKEW
Model
Outdoor CU-Z20VKE CU-Z25VKE
Height
mm (inch) 295 (11-5/8) / 542 (21-11/32) 295 (11-5/8) / 542 (21-11/32)
(I/D / O/D)
Width
Dimension Unit mm (inch) 919 (36-3/16) / 780 (30-23/32) 919 (36-3/16) / 780 (30-23/32)
(I/D / O/D)
Depth
mm (inch) 194 (7-21/32) / 289 (11-13/32) 194 (7-21/32) / 289 (11-13/32)
(I/D / O/D)
Weight Net (I/D / O/D) kg (lb) 9 (20) / 27 (60) 10 (22) / 31 (68)
Pipe Diameter (Liquid / Gas) mm (inch) 6.35 (1/4) / 9.52 (3/8) 6.35 (1/4) / 9.52 (3/8)
Standard length m (ft) 5.0 (16.4) 5.0 (16.4)
Length range (min – max) m (ft) 3 (9.8) ~ 15 (49.2) 3 (9.8) ~ 15 (49.2)
Piping

I/D & O/D Height different m (ft) 15.0 (49.2) 15.0 (49.2)
Additional Gas Amount g/m (oz/ft) 10 (0.1) 10 (0.1)
Length for Additional Gas m (ft) 7.5 (24.6) 7.5 (24.6)
Inner Diameter mm 16.7 16.7
Drain Hose
Length mm 650 650
Fin Material Aluminium (Pre Coat) Aluminium (Pre Coat)

Indoor Heat Fin Type Slit Fin Slit Fin

Exchanger Row × Stage × FPI 2 × 15 × 21 2 × 15 × 21
Size (W × H × L) mm 610 × 315 × 25.4 610 × 315 × 25.4
Fin Material Aluminium (Pre Coat) Aluminium (Pre Coat)
Outdoor Fin Type Corrugated Fin Corrugated Fin
Heat
Exchanger Row × Stage × FPI 2 × 24 × 17 2 × 24 × 19
Size (W × H × L) mm 36.4 × 504 × 713:684 36.4 × 504 × 824.2:793.7
Material Polypropelene Polypropelene
Air Filter
Type One-touch One-touch
Power Supply Indoor Indoor
Power Supply Cord A Nil Nil
Thermostat Electronic Contol Electronic Contol
Protection Device Electronic Contol Electronic Contol
Dry Bulb Wet Bulb Dry Bulb Wet Bulb
Maximum °C (°F) 32 (89.6) 23 (73.4) 32 (89.6) 23 (73.4)
Cooling
Indoor Minimum °C (°F) 16 (60.8) 11 (51.8) 16 (60.8) 11 (51.8)
Operation
Range Maximum °C (°F) 30 (86.0) – 30 (86.0) –
Heating
Minimum °C (°F) 16 (60.8) – 16 (60.8) –
Maximum °C (°F) 43 (109.4) 26 (78.8) 43 (109.4) 26 (78.8)
Cooling
Outdoor Minimum °C (°F) -10 (14.0) – -10 (14.0) –
Operation
Range Maximum °C (°F) 24 (75.2) 18 (64.4) 24 (75.2) 18 (64.4)
Heating
Minimum °C (°F) -15 (5.0) -16 (3.2) -15 (5.0) -16 (3.2)

1. Cooling capacities are based on indoor temperature of 27°C Dry Bulb (80.6°F Dry Bulb), 19.0°C Wet Bulb (66.2°F Wet Bulb) and outdoor air
temperature of 35°C DRY BULB (95°F Dry Bulb), 24°C Wet Bulb (75.2°F Wet Bulb).
2. Heating capacities are based on indoor temperature of 20°C Dry Bulb (68°F Dry Bulb) and outdoor air temperature of 7°C Dry Bulb (44.6°F
Dry Bulb), 6°C Wet Bulb (42.8°F Wet Bulb).
3. Heating low temperature capacity, Input Power and COP measured at 230 V, indoor temperature 20°C, outdoor 2/1°C.
4. Heating extreme low temperature capacity, Input Power and COP measured at 230 V, indoor temperature 20°C, outdoor -7/-8°C.
5. Standby power consumption ≤10.0w (when switched OFF by remote control, except under self protection control).
6. Specifications are subjected to change without prior notice for further improvement.

14
 Indoor CS-Z35VKEW / CS-XZ35VKEW CS-Z42VKEW
Model
Outdoor CU-Z35VKE CU-Z42VKE
Performance Test Condition EUROVENT EUROVENT
Phase, Hz Single, 50 Single, 50
Power Supply
V 230 230
Min. Mid. Max. Min. Mid. Max.
kW 0.85 3.50 4.00 0.85 4.20 5.00
Capacity BTU/h 2900 11900 13600 2900 14300 17100
Kcal/h 730 3010 3440 730 3610 4300
Running Current A – 4.00 – – 5.50 –
Input Power W 240 860 1.08k 260 1.24k 1.57k
Annual Consumption kWh – 430 – – 620 –
W/W 3.54 4.07 3.70 3.27 3.39 3.18
EER BTU/hW 12.08 13.84 12.59 11.15 11.53 10.89
Kcal/hW 3.04 3.50 3.19 2.81 2.91 2.74
Cooling

Pdesign kW 3.5 4.2

SEER (W/W) 8.5 6.9
ErP Annual
kWh 144 213
Consumption
Class A+++ A++
Power Factor % – 93 – – 98 –
dB-A 42 / 28 / 19 43 / 31 / 25
Indoor Noise (H / L / QLo)
Power Level dB 58 / – 59 / –
dB-A 48 / – 49 / –
Outdoor Noise (H / L)
Power Level dB 63 / – 64 / –
kW 0.80 4.00 5.50 0.80 5.30 6.80
Capacity BTU/h 2730 13600 18800 2730 18100 23200
Kcal/h 690 3440 4730 690 4560 5850
Running Current A – 4.25 – – 6.40 –
Input Power W 180 920 1.48k 190 1.44k 1.94k
W/W 4.44 4.35 3.72 4.21 3.68 3.51
COP BTU/hW 15.17 14.78 12.70 14.37 12.57 11.96
Kcal/hW 3.83 3.74 3.20 3.63 3.17 3.02
Pdesign kW 2.8 3.6
Heating

Tbivalent °C -10 -10

ErP SCOP (W/W) 5.1 4.0

Annual
kWh 769 1260
Consumption
Class A+++ A+
Power Factor % – 94 – – 98 –
dB-A 43 / 33 / 19 43 / 35 / 29
Indoor Noise (H / L / QLo)
Power Level dB 59 / – 59 / –
dB-A 50 / – 51 / –
Outdoor Noise (H / L)
Power Level dB 65 / – 66 / –
Low Temp. : Capacity (kW) / [Link] (W) / COP 3.99 / 1.31k / 3.05 4.93 / 1.72k / 2.87
Extr Low Temp. : Capacity (kW) / [Link] (W) / COP 3.20 / 1.35k / 2.37 4.11 / 1.73k / 2.38
Max Current (A) / Max Input Power (W) 6.5 / 1.48k 8.5 / 1.94k
Starting Current (A) 4.25 6.40

15
 Indoor CS-Z35VKEW / CS-XZ35VKEW CS-Z42VKEW
Model
Outdoor CU-Z35VKE CU-Z42VKE
Type Hermetic Motor (Rotary) Hermetic Motor (Rotary)
Compressor Motor Type Brushless Motor (6-poles) Brushless Motor (6-poles)
Output Power W 700 700
Type Cross-Flow Fan Cross-Flow Fan
Material ASG20K1 ASG20K1
Motor Type DC Motor (8-poles) DC Motor (8-poles)
Input Power W 47.3 47.3
Output Power W 40 40
Cool rpm 600 720
QLo
Indoor Fan

Heat rpm 620 890

Cool rpm 820 900
Lo
Heat rpm 1020 1080
Cool rpm 1040 1100
Speed Me
Heat rpm 1200 1240
Cool rpm 1280 1300
Hi
Heat rpm 1400 1400
Cool rpm 1330 1350
SHi
Heat rpm 1450 1450
Type Propeller Fan Propeller Fan
Material PP PP
Outdoor Fan

Motor Type DC Motor (8-poles) DC Motor (8-poles)

Input Power W – –
Output Power W 40 40
Cool rpm 870 840
Speed Hi
Heat rpm 870 830
Moisture Removal L/h (Pt/h) 2.0 (4.2) 2.4 (5.1)
3 3
Cool m /min (ft /min) 4.92 (174) 5.99 (212)
QLo 3 3
Heat m /min (ft /min) 5.10 (180) 7.50 (265)
3 3
Cool m /min (ft /min) 6.88 (243) 7.59 (268)
Lo 3 3
Heat m /min (ft /min) 8.66 (306) 9.19 (325)
3 3
Indoor Cool m /min (ft /min) 8.84 (312) 9.37 (331)
Me
Airflow Heat
3 3
m /min (ft /min) 10.26 (362) 10.62 (375)
3 3
Cool m /min (ft /min) 11.00 (390) 11.20 (395)
Hi 3 3
Heat m /min (ft /min) 12.00 (425) 12.00 (425)
3 3
Cool m /min (ft /min) 11.42 (403) 11.60 (410)
SHi 3 3
Heat m /min (ft /min) 12.49 (441) 12.49 (441)
3 3
Outdoor Cool m /min (ft /min) 30.6 (1080) 31.3 (1105)
Hi
Airflow Heat
3 3
m /min (ft /min) 30.6 (1080) 30.9 (1090)
Control Device Expansion valve Expansion valve
Refrigeration 3
Refrigerant Oil cm FW50S (320) FW50S (320)
Cycle
Refrigerant Type g (oz) R32, 850 (30.0) R32, 890 (31.4)
GWP 675 675

F-Gas CO2eq (ton)

(Precharged Amount / 0.574 / 0.624 0.601 / 0.651
Maximum Charged Amount)

16
 Indoor CS-Z35VKEW / CS-XZ35VKEW CS-Z42VKEW
Model
Outdoor CU-Z35VKE CU-Z42VKE
Height
mm (inch) 295 (11-5/8) / 542 (21-11/32) 295 (11-5/8) / 619 (24-3/8)
(I/D / O/D)
Width
Dimension Unit mm (inch) 919 (36-3/16) / 780 (30-23/32) 919 (36-3/16) / 824 (32-15/32)
(I/D / O/D)
Depth
mm (inch) 194 (7-21/32) / 289 (11-13/32) 194 (7-21/32) / 299 (11-25/32)
(I/D / O/D)
Weight Net (I/D / O/D) kg (lb) 10 (22) / 31 (68) 10 (22) / 31 (68)
Pipe Diameter (Liquid / Gas) mm (inch) 6.35 (1/4) / 9.52 (3/8) 6.35 (1/4) / 12.70 (1/2)
Standard length m (ft) 5.0 (16.4) 5.0 (16.4)
Length range (min – max) m (ft) 3 (9.8) ~ 15 (49.2) 3 (9.8) ~ 15 (49.2)
Piping

I/D & O/D Height different m (ft) 15.0 (49.2) 15.0 (49.2)
Additional Gas Amount g/m (oz/ft) 10 (0.1) 10 (0.1)
Length for Additional Gas m (ft) 7.5 (24.6) 7.5 (24.6)
Inner Diameter mm 16.7 16.7
Drain Hose
Length mm 650 650
Fin Material Aluminium (Pre Coat) Aluminium (Pre Coat)

Indoor Heat Fin Type Slit Fin Slit Fin

Exchanger Row × Stage × FPI 2 × 15 × 21 2 × 15 × 21
Size (W × H × L) mm 610 × 315 × 25.4 610 × 315 × 25.4
Fin Material Aluminium (Pre Coat) Aluminium (Pre Coat)
Outdoor Fin Type Corrugated Fin Corrugated Fin
Heat
Exchanger Row × Stage × FPI 2 × 24 × 19 2 × 28 × 17
Size (W × H × L) mm 36.4 × 504 × 824.2:793.7 36.38 × 588 × 606.6
Material Polypropelene Polypropelene
Air Filter
Type One-touch One-touch
Power Supply Indoor Indoor
Power Supply Cord A Nil Nil
Thermostat Electronic Contol Electronic Contol
Protection Device Electronic Contol Electronic Contol
Dry Bulb Wet Bulb Dry Bulb Wet Bulb
Maximum °C (°F) 32 (89.6) 23 (73.4) 32 (89.6) 23 (73.4)
Cooling
Indoor Minimum °C (°F) 16 (60.8) 11 (51.8) 16 (60.8) 11 (51.8)
Operation
Range Maximum °C (°F) 30 (86.0) – 30 (86.0) –
Heating
Minimum °C (°F) 16 (60.8) – 16 (60.8) –
Maximum °C (°F) 43 (109.4) 26 (78.8) 43 (109.4) 26 (78.8)
Cooling
Outdoor Minimum °C (°F) -10 (14.0) – -10 (14.0) –
Operation
Range Maximum °C (°F) 24 (75.2) 18 (64.4) 24 (75.2) 18 (64.4)
Heating
Minimum °C (°F) -15 (5.0) -16 (3.2) -15 (5.0) -16 (3.2)

1. Cooling capacities are based on indoor temperature of 27°C Dry Bulb (80.6°F Dry Bulb), 19.0°C Wet Bulb (66.2°F Wet Bulb) and outdoor air
temperature of 35°C DRY BULB (95°F Dry Bulb), 24°C Wet Bulb (75.2°F Wet Bulb).
2. Heating capacities are based on indoor temperature of 20°C Dry Bulb (68°F Dry Bulb) and outdoor air temperature of 7°C Dry Bulb (44.6°F
Dry Bulb), 6°C Wet Bulb (42.8°F Wet Bulb).
3. Heating low temperature capacity, Input Power and COP measured at 230 V, indoor temperature 20°C, outdoor 2/1°C.
4. Heating extreme low temperature capacity, Input Power and COP measured at 230 V, indoor temperature 20°C, outdoor -7/-8°C.
5. Standby power consumption ≤10.0w (when switched OFF by remote control, except under self protection control).
6. Specifications are subjected to change without prior notice for further improvement.

17
 Indoor CS-Z50VKEW / CS-XZ50VKEW CS-Z71VKEW
Model
Outdoor CU-Z50VKE CU-Z71VKE
Performance Test Condition EUROVENT EUROVENT
Phase, Hz Single, 50 Single, 50
Power Supply
V 230 230
Min. Mid. Max. Min. Mid. Max.
kW 0.98 5.00 6.00 0.98 7.10 8.50
Capacity BTU/h 3340 17100 20500 3340 24200 29000
Kcal/h 840 4300 5160 840 6110 7310
Running Current A – 6.30 – – 9.70 –
Input Power W 280 1.41k 1.95k 420 2.17k 2.90k
Annual Consumption kWh – 705 – – 1085 –
W/W 3.50 3.55 3.08 2.33 3.27 2.93
EER BTU/hW 11.93 12.13 10.51 7.95 11.15 10.00
Cooling

Kcal/hW 3.00 3.05 2.65 2.00 2.82 2.52

Pdesign kW 5.0 7.1
SEER (W/W) 7.9 6.5
ErP Annual
kWh 222 382
Consumption
Class A++ A++
Power Factor % – 97 – – 97 –
dB-A 44 / 37 / 30 47 / 38 / 30
Indoor Noise (H / L / QLo)
Power Level dB 60 / – 63 / –
dB-A 47 / – 52 / –
Outdoor Noise (H / L)
Power Level dB 62 / – 66 / –
kW 0.98 5.80 8.00 0.98 8.60 10.20
Capacity BTU/h 3340 19800 27300 3340 29300 34800
Kcal/h 840 4990 6880 840 7400 8770
Running Current A – 6.50 – – 10.30 –
Input Power W 340 1.44k 2.53k 400 2.35k 2.95k
W/W 2.88 4.03 3.16 2.45 3.66 3.46
COP BTU/hW 9.82 13.75 10.79 8.35 12.47 11.80
Kcal/hW 2.47 3.47 2.72 2.10 3.15 2.97
Pdesign kW 4.2 5.5
Heating

Tbivalent °C -10 -10

ErP SCOP (W/W) 4.7 4.2

Annual
kWh 1251 1833
Consumption
Class A++ A+
Power Factor % – 96 – – 99 –
dB-A 44 / 37 / 30 47 / 38 / 30
Indoor Noise (H / L / QLo)
Power Level dB 60 / – 63 / –
dB-A 47 / – 54 / –
Outdoor Noise (H / L)
Power Level dB 62 / – 68 / –
Low Temp. : Capacity (kW) / [Link] (W) / COP 5.80 / 2.24k / 2.59 7.39 / 2.52k / 2.93
Extr Low Temp. : Capacity (kW) / [Link] (W) / COP 4.80 / 2.10k / 2.29 6.31 / 2.50k / 2.52
Max Current (A) / Max Input Power (W) 11.1 / 2.53k 15.6 / 3.38k
Starting Current (A) 6.50 10.30

18
 Indoor CS-Z50VKEW / CS-XZ50VKEW CS-Z71VKEW
Model
Outdoor CU-Z50VKE CU-Z71VKE
Type Hermetic Motor (Rotary) Hermetic Motor (Rotary)
Compressor Motor Type Brushless (4-poles) Brushless (4-poles)
Output Power W 900 1.70k
Type Cross-Flow Fan Cross-Flow Fan
Material ASG33 ASG33
Motor Type DC Motor (8-poles) DC Motor (8-poles)
Input Power W 89.0 105.0
Output Power W 40 40
Cool rpm 700 800
QLo
Indoor Fan

Heat rpm 720 800

Cool rpm 860 950
Lo
Heat rpm 890 980
Cool rpm 960 1070
Speed Me
Heat rpm 1010 1140
Cool rpm 1080 1210
Hi
Heat rpm 1150 1300
Cool rpm 1130 1320
SHi
Heat rpm 1210 1400
Type Propeller Fan Propeller Fan
Material PP PP
Outdoor Fan

Motor Type DC Motor (8-poles) DC Motor (8-poles)

Input Power W – –
Output Power W 40 40
Cool rpm 720 820
Speed Hi
Heat rpm 670 840
Moisture Removal L/h (Pt/h) 2.8 (5.9) 4.1 (8.7)
3 3
Cool m /min (ft /min) 11.46 (405) 12.09 (427)
QLo 3 3
Heat m /min (ft /min) 11.86 (419) 12.09 (427)
3 3
Cool m /min (ft /min) 14.66 (518) 14.91 (527)
Lo 3 3
Heat m /min (ft /min) 15.26 (539) 15.47 (546)
3 3
Indoor Cool m /min (ft /min) 16.66 (588) 17.17 (606)
Me
Airflow Heat
3 3
m /min (ft /min) 17.66 (624) 18.48 (653)
3 3
Cool m /min (ft /min) 19.10 (675) 19.80 (700)
Hi 3 3
Heat m /min (ft /min) 20.50 (725) 21.50 (760)
3 3
Cool m /min (ft /min) 20.06 (708) 21.87 (772)
SHi 3 3
Heat m /min (ft /min) 21.66 (765) 23.37 (825)
3 3
Outdoor Cool m /min (ft /min) 39.8 (1405) 44.70 (1580)
Hi
Airflow Heat
3 3
m /min (ft /min) 36.9 (1305) 45.80 (1615)
Control Device
Refrigeration 3
Refrigerant Oil cm FW50S (450) FW50S (800)
Cycle
Refrigerant Type g (oz) R32, 1.15k (40.6) R32, 1.37k (48.4)
GWP 675 675

F-Gas CO2eq (ton)

(Precharged Amount / 0.776 / 1.004 0.925 / 1.262
Maximum Charged Amount)

19
 Indoor CS-Z50VKEW / CS-XZ50VKEW CS-Z71VKEW
Model
Outdoor CU-Z50VKE CU-Z71VKE
Height
mm (inch) 302 (11-29/32) / 695 (27-3/8) 302 (11-29/32) / 695 (27-3/8)
(I/D / O/D)
Width
Dimension Unit mm (inch) 1120 (44-1/8) / 875 (34-15/32) 1120 (44-1/8) / 875 (34-15/32)
(I/D / O/D)
Depth
mm (inch) 236 (9-5/16) / 320 (12-5/8) 236 (9-5/16) / 320 (12-5/8)
(I/D / O/D)
Weight Net (I/D / O/D) kg (lb) 12 (26) / 42 (93) 13 (29) / 50 (110)
Pipe Diameter (Liquid / Gas) mm (inch) 6.35 (1/4) / 12.70 (1/2) 6.35 (1/4) / 15.88 (5/8)
Standard length m (ft) 5.0 (16.4) 5.0 (16.4)
Length range (min – max) m (ft) 3 (9.8) ~ 30 (98.4) 3 (9.8) ~ 30 (98.4)
Piping

I/D & O/D Height different m (ft) 15.0 (49.2) 20.0 (65.6)
Additional Gas Amount g/m (oz/ft) 15 (0.2) 25 (0.3)
Length for Additional Gas m (ft) 7.5 (24.6) 10.0 (32.8)
Inner Diameter mm 16.7 16.7
Drain Hose
Length mm 650 650
Fin Material Aluminium (Pre Coat) Aluminium (Pre Coat)

Indoor Heat Fin Type Slit Fin Slit Fin

Exchanger Row × Stage × FPI 2 × 17 × 17 2 × 17 × 21
Size (W × H × L) mm 836.5 × 357 × 25.4 836.5 × 357 × 25.4
Fin Material Aluminium (Pre Coat) Aluminium (Pre Coat)
Outdoor Fin Type Corrugated Fin Corrugated Fin
Heat
Exchanger Row × Stage × FPI 2 × 31 × 19 2 × 31 × 19
Size (W × H × L) mm 36.4 × 651 × 854.5:824.5 36.4 × 651 × 904.5:874.5
Material Polypropelene Polypropelene
Air Filter
Type One-touch One-touch
Power Supply Indoor Indoor
Power Supply Cord A Nil Nil
Thermostat Electronic Contol Electronic Contol
Protection Device Electronic Contol Electronic Contol
Dry Bulb Wet Bulb Dry Bulb Wet Bulb
Maximum °C (°F) 32 (89.6) 23 (73.4) 32 (89.6) 23 (73.4)
Cooling
Indoor Minimum °C (°F) 16 (60.8) 11 (51.8) 16 (60.8) 11 (51.8)
Operation
Range Maximum °C (°F) 30 (86.0) – 30 (86.0) –
Heating
Minimum °C (°F) 16 (60.8) – 16 (60.8) –
Maximum °C (°F) 43 (109.4) 26 (78.8) 43 (109.4) 26 (78.8)
Cooling
Outdoor Minimum °C (°F) -10 (14.0) – -10 (14.0) –
Operation
Range Maximum °C (°F) 24 (75.2) 18 (64.4) 24 (75.2) 18 (64.4)
Heating
Minimum °C (°F) -15 (5.0) -16 (3.2) -15 (5.0) -16 (3.2)

1. Cooling capacities are based on indoor temperature of 27°C Dry Bulb (80.6°F Dry Bulb), 19.0°C Wet Bulb (66.2°F Wet Bulb) and outdoor air
temperature of 35°C DRY BULB (95°F Dry Bulb), 24°C Wet Bulb (75.2°F Wet Bulb).
2. Heating capacities are based on indoor temperature of 20°C Dry Bulb (68°F Dry Bulb) and outdoor air temperature of 7°C Dry Bulb (44.6°F
Dry Bulb), 6°C Wet Bulb (42.8°F Wet Bulb).
3. Heating low temperature capacity, Input Power and COP measured at 230 V, indoor temperature 20°C, outdoor 2/1°C.
4. Heating extreme low temperature capacity, Input Power and COP measured at 230 V, indoor temperature 20°C, outdoor -7/-8°C.
5. Standby power consumption ≤10.0w (when switched OFF by remote control, except under self protection control).
6. Specifications are subjected to change without prior notice for further improvement.

20
 Multi Split Combination Possibility:
o A single outdoor unit enables air conditioning of up to two separate rooms for CU-2Z35TBE,
CU-2Z41TBE, CU-2Z50TBE.
o A single outdoor unit enables air conditioning of up to three separate rooms for CU-3Z68TBE, CU-3Z52TBE.

OUTDOOR UNIT
CONNECTABLE INDOOR UNIT
CU-2Z35TBE CU-2Z41TBE CU-2Z50TBE CU-3Z68TBE CU-3Z52TBE
ROOM
A B A B A B A B C A B C
TYPE
CS-MZ16VKE
1.6kW ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
CS-MRZ16VKE
CS-Z20VKEW
2.0kW CS-XZ20VKEW ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
CS-RZ20VKEW
CS-Z25VKEW
2.5kW CS-XZ25VKEW ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
CS-RZ25VKEW
Wall

CS-Z35VKEW
3.5kW CS-XZ35VKEW ● – ● – ● ● ● ● ● ● ● –
CS-RZ35VKEW
CS-Z42VKEW
4.2kW – – – – ● – ● ● – ● ● –
CS-RZ42VKEW
CS-Z50VKEW
5.0kW CS-XZ50VKEW – – – – ● – ● ● – ● – –
CS-RZ50VKEW
6.0kW CS-RZ60VKEW – – – – – – ● – – – – –
Capacity range of From 3.2kW to From 3.2kW to From 3.2kW to
From 4.5kW to 11.2kW From 4.5kW to 9.5kW
connectable units 6.0kW 6.0kW 7.7kW
1 room maximum pipe length (m) 20 20 20 25 25
Allowable elevation (m) 10 10 10 15 15
Pipe length

Total allowable pipe length (m) 30 30 30 60 50

Total pipe length for maximum
20 20 20 30 30
chargeless length (m)
Additional gas amount over
15 15 15 20 20
chargeless length (g/m)
Note: “●” : Available
Remarks for CU-2Z35TBE / CU-2Z41TBE / CU-2Z50TBE
1. At least two indoor units must be connected.
2. The total nominal cooling capacity of indoor unit that will be connected to outdoor unit must be within connectable capacity range of
indoor unit. (as shown in the table above)
Example: The indoor units’ combination below is possible to connect to CU-2Z41TBE. (Total nominal capacity of indoor units is between
3.2kW to 6.0kW)
1) Two CS-XZ20VKEW only. (Total nominal cooling capacity is 4.0kW)
Remarks for CU-3Z68TBE / CU-3Z52TBE
1. At least two indoor units must be connected.
2. The total nominal cooling capacity of indoor unit that will be connected to outdoor unit must be within connectable capacity range of
indoor unit. (as shown in the table above)
Example: The indoor units’ combination below is possible to connect to CU-3Z68TBE. (Total nominal capacity of indoor units is between
4.5kW to 11.2kW)
1) Two CS-XZ25VKEW only. (Total nominal cooling capacity is 5.0kW)

21
 Multi Split Combination Possibility:
o A single outdoor unit enables air conditioning of up to four separate rooms for CU-4Z68TBE, CU-4Z80TBE.
o A single outdoor unit enables air conditioning of up to five separate rooms for CU-5Z90TBE.

OUTDOOR UNIT
CONNECTABLE INDOOR UNIT
CU-4Z68TBE CU-4Z80TBE CU-5Z90TBE
ROOM
A B C D A B C D A B C D E
TYPE
CS-MZ16VKE
1.6kW ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
CS-MRZ16VKE
CS-Z20VKEW
2.0kW CS-XZ20VKEW ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
CS-RZ20VKEW
CS-Z25VKEW
2.5kW CS-XZ25VKEW ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
CS-RZ25VKEW
CS-Z35VKEW
Wall

3.5kW CS-XZ35VKEW ● ● ● – ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
CS-RZ35VKEW
CS-Z42VKEW
4.2kW ● ● – – ● ● ● – ● ● ● ● –
CS-RZ42VKEW
CS-Z50VKEW
5.0kW CS-XZ50VKEW ● ● – – ● ● – – ● ● ● – –
CS-RZ50VKEW
6.0kW CS-RZ60VKEW ● – – – ● ● – – ● ● ● – –
CS-Z71VKEW
7.1kW – – – – ● ● – – ● ● – – –
CS-RZ71VKEW
Capacity range of
From 4.5kW to 11.5kW From 4.5kW to 14.7kW From 4.5kW to 18.3kW
connectable units
1 room maximum pipe length (m) 25 25 25
Allowable elevation (m) 15 15 15
Pipe length

Total allowable pipe length (m) 60 70 80

Total pipe length for maximum
30 45 45
chargeless length (m)
Additional gas amount over
20 20 20
chargeless length (g/m)
Note: “●” : Available
Remarks for CU-4Z68TBE / CU-4Z80TBE / CU-5Z90TBE
1. At least two indoor units must be connected.
2. The total nominal cooling capacity of indoor unit that will be connected to outdoor unit must be within connectable capacity range of
indoor unit. (as shown in the table above)
Example: The indoor units’ combination below is possible to connect to CU-4Z80TBE. (Total nominal capacity of indoor units is between
4.5kW to 14.7kW)
1) Two CS-XZ25VKEW only. (Total nominal cooling capacity is 5.0kW)

22
 Multi Split Combination Possibility:
o A single outdoor unit enables air conditioning of up to two separate rooms for CU-2E12SBE, CU-2E15SBE,
CU-2E18SBE.
o A single outdoor unit enables air conditioning of up to three separate rooms for CU-3E23SBE, CU-3E18PBE.

OUTDOOR UNIT
CONNECTABLE INDOOR UNIT
CU-2E12SBE* CU-2E15SBE* CU-2E18SBE* CU-3E23SBE* CU-3E18PBE*
ROOM
A B A B A B A B C A B C
TYPE
CS-MZ16VKE
1.6kW ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
CS-MRZ16VKE
CS-Z20VKEW
2.0kW CS-XZ20VKEW ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
CS-RZ20VKEW
CS-Z25VKEW
2.5kW CS-XZ25VKEW ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
CS-RZ25VKEW
Wall

CS-Z35VKEW
3.2kW CS-XZ35VKEW ● – ● – ● ● ● ● ● ● ● –
CS-RZ35VKEW
CS-Z42VKEW
4.0kW – – – – ● – ● ● – ● ● –
CS-RZ42VKEW
CS-Z50VKEW
5.0kW CS-XZ50VKEW – – – – ● – ● ● – ● – –
CS-RZ50VKEW
6.0kW CS-RZ60VKEW – – – – – – ● – – – – –
Capacity range of From 3.2kW to From 3.2kW to From 3.2kW to
From 4.5kW to 11.0kW From 4.5kW to 9.0kW
connectable units 5.7kW 5.7kW 7.5kW
1 room maximum pipe length (m) 20 20 20 25 25
Allowable elevation (m) 10 10 10 15 15
Pipe length

Total allowable pipe length (m) 30 30 30 60 50

Total pipe length for maximum
20 20 20 30 30
chargeless length (m)
Additional gas amount over
15 15 15 20 20
chargeless length (g/m)
Note: “●” : Available
Remarks for CU-2E12SBE / CU-2E15SBE / CU-2E18SBE
1. At least two indoor units must be connected.
2. The total nominal cooling capacity of indoor unit that will be connected to outdoor unit must be within connectable capacity range of
indoor unit. (as shown in the table above)
Example: The indoor units’ combination below is possible to connect to CU-2E15SBE. (Total nominal capacity of indoor units is between
3.2kW to 5.7kW)
1) Two CS-XZ20VKEW only. (Total nominal cooling capacity is 4.0kW)
Remarks for CU-3E23SBE / CU-3E18PBE
1. At least two indoor units must be connected.
2. The total nominal cooling capacity of indoor unit that will be connected to outdoor unit must be within connectable capacity range of
indoor unit. (as shown in the table above)
Example: The indoor units’ combination below is possible to connect to CU-3E23SBE. (Total nominal capacity of indoor units is between
4.5kW to 11.0kW)
1) Two CS-XZ25VKEW only. (Total nominal cooling capacity is 5.0kW)

Note*: Above outdoor unit is contains and operates with refrigerant R410A gas.

23
 Multi Split Combination Possibility:
o A single outdoor unit enables air conditioning of up to four separate rooms for CU-4E23PBE, CU-4E27PBE.
o A single outdoor unit enables air conditioning of up to five separate rooms for CU-5E34PBE.

OUTDOOR UNIT
CONNECTABLE INDOOR UNIT
CU-4E23PBE* CU-4E27PBE* CU-5E34PBE*
ROOM
A B C D A B C D A B C D E
TYPE
CS-MZ16VKE
1.6kW ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
CS-MRZ16VKE
CS-Z20VKEW
2.0kW CS-XZ20VKEW ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
CS-RZ20VKEW
CS-Z25VKEW
2.5kW CS-XZ25VKEW ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
CS-RZ25VKEW
CS-Z35VKEW
Wall

3.2kW CS-XZ35VKEW ● ● ● – ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
CS-RZ35VKEW
CS-Z42VKEW
4.0kW ● ● – – ● ● ● – ● ● ● ● –
CS-RZ42VKEW
CS-Z50VKEW
5.0kW CS-XZ50VKEW ● ● – – ● ● – – ● ● ● – –
CS-RZ50VKEW
6.0kW CS-RZ60VKEW ● – – – ● ● – – ● ● – – –
CS-Z71VKEW
7.1kW ● – – – ● – – – ● ● – – –
CS-RZ71VKEW
Capacity range of
From 4.5kW to 11.0kW From 4.5kW to 13.6kW From 4.5kW to 17.5kW
connectable units
1 room maximum pipe length (m) 25 25 25
Allowable elevation (m) 15 15 15
Pipe length

Total allowable pipe length (m) 60 70 80

Total pipe length for maximum
30 45 45
chargeless length (m)
Additional gas amount over
20 20 20
chargeless length (g/m)
Note: “●” : Available
Remarks for CU-4E23PBE / CU-4E27PBE / CU-5E34PBE
1. At least two indoor units must be connected.
2. The total nominal cooling capacity of indoor unit that will be connected to outdoor unit must be within connectable capacity range of
indoor unit. (as shown in the table above)
Example: The indoor units’ combination below is possible to connect to CU-4E27PBE. (Total nominal capacity of indoor units is between
4.5kW to 13.6kW)
1) Two CS-XZ25VKEW only. (Total nominal cooling capacity is 5.0kW)

Note*: Above outdoor unit is contains and operates with refrigerant R410A gas.

24
4. Features
 Inverter Technology
o Wider output power range
o Energy saving
o Quick Cooling
o Quick Heating
o More precise temperature control

 Environment Protection
o Non-ozone depletion substances refrigerant (R32)

 Long Installation Piping

o Long piping up to 15 meters (0.75 ~ 1.75HP), 20 meters (2.0HP) and 30 meters (2.5HP) during single split
connection only

 Easy to use remote control

 Quality Improvement
o Random auto restart after power failure for safety restart operation
o Gas leakage protection
o Prevent compressor reverse cycle
o Inner protector to protect compressor
o Noise prevention during soft dry operation

 Operation Improvement
o Quiet mode to reduce the indoor unit operating sound
o Powerful mode to reach the desired room temperature quickly
o 24-hour timer setting
o nanoeTM X operation provides clean air, moisturises your skin and hair, deodorizes odours in the room

 Serviceability Feature
o Activation and Deactivation Method for Heating Only Mode
o Breakdown Self Diagnosis function

25
5. Location of Controls and Components
5.1 Indoor Unit
Front panel Aluminium fin

Auto OFF/ON button

Use when remote control is misplaced
or a malfunction occurs.

Horizontal airflow direction louver

Do not adjust by hand.
Human activity
sensor
x
Sunlight Sensor and
Vertical airflow direction louver Remote Control Receiver
Do not adjust by hand.
Indicator
Air Filters POWER
TIMER
nanoe X

5.2 Outdoor Unit

5.3 Remote Control

Remote control
display

nanoe X operation OFF/ON

POWERFUL/QUIET Temperature setting
operation
Mild Dry mode Fan speed selection
Operation mode Airflow direction adjustment
Sleep operation
TIMER
ON
Timer setting
TIMER
OFF

Clock setting

26
6. Dimensions
6.1 Indoor Unit
6.1.1 CS-Z20VKEW CS-Z25VKEW CS-Z35VKEW CS-Z42VKEW
CS-XZ20VKEW CS-XZ25VKEW CS-XZ35VKEW

<Top View>

(194)
<Side View> <Front View> <Side View>
Air intake 919 194
direction

295

61
45
2 ±0.5 2 ±0.5
Left piping Air outlet Right piping
hole direction hole
<Bottom View> <Remote Control>
59

165 (Close)
217 (Open)
60 60
149 139

<Rear View> Gas side

Liquid side

<Remote Control Holder>

69

410 (41-61) 64

Relative position between the indoor unit and the installation plate <Front View>

496.6 16.4

Installation 460 460

plate

Indoor unit
external
264.6

dimensions Left Right

line piping B piping
hole
95 hole
PIPE
HOLE
CENTER
43 PIPE
HOLE
CENTER

128mm TO C A 128mm TO
PIPE HOLE PIPE HOLE
CENTER CENTER

128 128
Unit: mm
266 266

27
6.1.2 CS-Z50VKEW CS-Z71VKEW CS-XZ50VKEW

<Top View>

<Side View> <Front View> <Side View>

Air intake 1120 236
direction

302
60
60

42.6
1-2 1-2
42.6

Left piping Air outlet Right piping

hole direction hole

<Bottom View> <Remote Control>

59

165 (Close)
217 (Open)
60 60
135 135

<Rear View> Liquid side

Gas side

(41-61) 410 <Remote Control Holder>

69

64

Relative position between the indoor unit and the installation plate <Front View>

741.4 16.5
Installation
plate 560 560
Indoor unit
264.3

external Left Right

dimensions piping piping
320 128 hole
line hole
270

128 128
266 266
Unit: mm

28
6.2 Outdoor Unit
6.2.1 CU-Z20VKE CU-Z25VKE CU-Z35VKE

Space necessary for <Top View>

installation
22 780 67.6

34.3
(104.7) 570.3 104.9 60.5
100 mm

85.5

155.2
100 mm

1000 mm

2-way valve at Liquid side

Anchor Bolt Pitch (High Pressure)
320 × 570 3-way valve at Gas side
(Low Pressure)
<Side View>
<Side View> <Front View> 39 289

542
61.6
(18)
69.5
Unit: mm

6.2.2 CU-Z42VKE

<Top View>
Space necessary for 824 68.7
installation 22 (124) 540 160 (62.6)
32

100 mm
97
167

100 mm
330

1000 mm

Anchor Bolt Pitch

330 × 540
<Side View>
37 299
<Side View> <Front View>
619
69 62
(20)

3-way valve at Gas side

Unit : mm (Low Pressure)
2-way valve at Liquid side
(High Pressure)

29
6.2.3 CU-Z50VKE CU-Z71VKE

<Top View>
Space necessary for
installation
875 72

35
100 mm 34.7 (131) 613 131

82
100 mm

360.5
1000 mm

Anchor Bolt Pitch

360.5 × 613
2-way valve at Liquid side
(High Pressure)
3-way valve at Gas side
<Front View> (Low Pressure) <Side View>
<Side View> 45 320
7.7

695
75
(25)
70.5
386
Unit: mm

30
7. Refrigeration Cycle Diagram
7.1 CS-Z20VKEW CU-Z20VKE CS-Z25VKEW CU-Z25VKE
CS-Z35VKEW CU-Z35VKE CS-Z42VKEW CU-Z42VKE
CS-XZ20VKEW CU-Z20VKE CS-XZ25VKEW CU-Z25VKE
CS-XZ35VKEW CU-Z35VKE
INDOOR OUTDOOR

LIQUID AIR
SIDE EXPANSION TEMP.
MUFFLER VALVE STRAINER SENSOR

2-WAY
VALVE

PIPE
TEMP.
INTAKE SENSOR 2
AIR
TEMP.
SENSOR
CONDENSER
PIPE
TEMP. PIPE
SENSOR 1 TEMP.
SENSOR

HEAT EXCHANGER
(EVAPORATOR)

GAS
SIDE

3-WAY 4-WAYS VALVE MUFFLER

VALVE

TANK
SENSOR

COMPRESSOR

COOLING
HEATING

31
7.2 CS-Z50VKEW CU-Z50VKE CS-Z71VKEW CU-Z71VKE
CS-XZ50VKEW CU-Z50VKE
INDOOR OUTDOOR

LIQUID
SIDE EXPANSION
MUFFLER VALVE STRAINER

2-WAY (Z71VKE only) PROCESS

VALVE TUBE AIR
TEMP.
PIPE
SENSOR
TEMP.
INTAKE SENSOR 2 CONDENSER
AIR
TEMP.
SENSOR

PIPE
TEMP.
SENSOR 1 PIPE
TEMP.
SENSOR

HEAT EXCHANGER
(EVAPORATOR)

GAS
SIDE

3-WAY 4-WAYS VALVE RECEIVER

VALVE

TANK
SENSOR

COMPRESSOR

COOLING
HEATING

32
 8.1
8. Block Diagram

(INDOOR UNIT) (OUTDOOR UNIT) PTC1 PTC RY-AC REACTOR

RY-PWR FUSE101 FUSE105
L1 S1 RY-PWR
FUSE104
RY-PWR2
FUSE102 IC19
TH1
FUSE301 NTC
MS MS
3~ 3~
SC
SINGLE U M
PHASE SC
POWER

NOISE FILTER
SUPPLY

33
4-WAYS
FUSE103 VALVE

TEMP. FUSE

TEMP. FUSE
N 2
3
CS-Z20VKEW CU-Z20VKE CS-XZ20VKEW CU-Z20VKE
 8.2

(INDOOR UNIT) (OUTDOOR UNIT) FUSE3

RY-PWR REACTOR
L1 S1 DB101
FUSE1 SEN1 FUSE6 IC19
RY-PWR2 FUSE8

DB1 MS
CS-XZ35VKEW CU-Z35VKE

3~ MS
FUSE301
TH1 3~
SC
NTC
SINGLE
PHASE U M
POWER 4-WAYS

NOISE FILTER
SC VALVE FUSE5

34
SUPPLY

TEMP. FUSE PTC

PTC2 RY-AC

RY-PWR
TEMP. FUSE
N 2

3
CS-Z25VKEW CU-Z25VKE CS-Z35VKEW CU-Z35VKE
CS-Z42VKEW CU-Z42VKE CS-XZ25VKEW CU-Z25VKE
 8.3

(INDOOR UNIT) (OUTDOOR UNIT) FUSE3

RY-PWR REACTOR
L1 S1
SEN1 FUSE6 IC19
RY-PWR2 FUSE1 FUSE8
Q1
FAN MOTOR

MS COMPRESSOR
3~
FUSE301
MS
3~
TH1
SC
NTC
SINGLE
PHASE U M
POWER
SC

NOISE FILTER

35
SUPPLY
4-WAY
VALVE
FUSE5

PTC
TEMP. FUSE PTC2 RY-AC

RY-PWR

TEMP. FUSE
N 2

3
CS-Z50VKEW CU-Z50VKE CS-Z71VKEW CU-Z71VKE
 9.1
RY-PWR ELECTRONIC CONTROLLER (SUB) P 1
GROUNDING 4 B 1 W
TERMINAL CN-NANO W CN1 CN2
RY-PWR2 (YLW) BL 3 (WHT) (WHT) NANOE
TERMINAL 1 2 BL GENERATOR
BOARD Y/G (YELLOW) (BROWN) (BLACK) CN-101 CN-102 CN-103 5

HIGH VOLTAGE
POWER SUPPLY
BR W
L1 AC302 ACL501 AC306 1 (GRN) 5 1 (WHT) 3 1 (WHT) 5

POWER SUPPLY
N

W
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
Y
Indoor Unit

S1 GR
4 GR
1
2 1 5 1 3 1 5 CN-WLAN CN-WLAN
CN-DATA 1 CN-DATA 2 CN-DATA 3 GR
(WHT) GR 3 (BLK)
3 (GRN) (YLW) (YLW) SW01 1
BLACK AC306 (BLK)

ELECTRONIC
TEMP. FUSE

CONTROLLER
(WIFI MODULE)
102ºC (250V, 3A) FUSE301 4 8
TEMP. FUSE T3.15A L250V CN-RMT

TO OUTDOOR UNIT
102ºC (250V, 3A) W AC303 (WHT) (WHT)
NOISE FILTER 1
R AC304 (RED) CIRCUIT GR
G301 (GRN) 5 W
5
GROUNDING G
CN-CNT BR
TERMINAL G
COMMUNICATION (WHT) Y REMARKS
Y/G CIRCUIT RECTIFICATION 1 1 B: BLUE
EVAPORATOR CIRCUIT BR 1 P: PINK
1 R BR: BROWN
Y O M UP DOWN LOUVER
CN-STM1 O: ORANGE
9. Wiring Connection Diagram

B 7 Y MOTOR (OUTER)
W 6 (WHT) P BL: BLACK
FAN MOTOR
M BL 5 CN-FM (WHT) 5 5 G/GRN: GREEN
4 BR 1 Y/YLW: YELLOW
R 1 R W/WHT: WHITE
(FOR Z20/25/35/42VKEW & XZ20/25/35VKEW ONLY) 1 CN-STM2 O M LEFT RIGHT R: RED

36
Y LOUVER MOTOR
(YLW) P Y/G: YELLOW/GREEN
W 1 5 5 GR: GRAY
ELECTRONIC 1 W
CN-RCV 1 BR 1
CONTROLLER CN-RCV W R
(RECEIVER) (WHT) W (YLW) CN-STM3 O
4 4 M UP DOWN LOUVER
REMOTE CONTROLLER (BLU) Y
P MOTOR (INNER)
W 5 5
1 W 6
ELECTRONIC W
6 t° PIPING TEMPERATURE SENSOR 2 (THERMISTOR)
CONTROLLER CN-DISP W
CN-DISP CN-TH
(WHT) W (YLW) t° PIPING TEMPERATURE SENSOR 1 (THERMISTOR)
(DISPLAY) ELECTRONIC CONTROLLER (RED)
W
6 1 (MAIN) t° SUCTION TEMPERATURE SENSOR (THERMISTOR)
1

(FOR Z50/71VKEW & XZ50VKEW ONLY)

4
W CN-RCV
1 W (YLW)
W 1
CN-DISP W
(WHT) W 6
ELECTRONIC W
REMOTE CONTROLLER CONTROLLER CN-DISP
W
(RECEIVER & DISPLAY) W (YLW)
8
1
9.2 Outdoor Unit
9.2.1 CU-Z20VKE
YELLOW (YEL)
TO INDOOR UNIT

BLUE (BLU) RED (RED)

TERMINAL REACTOR (TRADEMARK)

S1 2 3 BOARD COMPRESSOR TERMINAL

RED THE PARENTHESIZED LETTERS IS

GRY GRY INDICATED ON TERMINAL COVER
FUSE105 RAT2 RAT1
DATA (15A 250V) (GRY) (GRY)
(RED)
OUTDOOR AIR TEMP.
WHT
BLK

SENSOR
(THERMISTOR)
NOISE FILTER 1
t°
CIRCUIT COMMUNICATION CN-TH
AC-BLK CIRCUIT (WHT) t°
(BLK) 4
PIPING TEMP. SENSOR
FUSE 101 FUSE102 (THERMISTOR)
REMARKS (20A 250V) T3.15A L250V
AC-WHT CN-TANK 1 t°
BLACK: (BLK) (WHT) 3
WHITE: (WHT) (WHT) COMP. TEMPERATURE
YELLOW: (YLW) FUSE103 RECTIFICATION SENSOR
ORANGE: (ORG) T3.15A L250V CIRCUIT (THERMISTOR)
YELLOW/GREEN: (YLW/GRN) GRN FG 1 YLW ELECTRO-MAGNETIC
BLUE: (BLU) (GRN) CN-HOT 1 COIL
(WHT) 3
RED: (RED) PFC YLW (4-WAYS VALVE)
GRN FG 2
BROWN: (BRW) CIRCUIT SWITCHING POWER
(GRN) RECTIFICATION
FUSE104 SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1
CIRCUIT T3.15A L250V ELECTRO-MAGNETIC
CN-STM M COIL
1 10
(WHT) (EXPANSION VALVE)
W
FAN MS 3 6
3~ U 14
MOTOR V Q1
16 P U (RED) RED
5 CN-MTR2 IC19 U
(WHT) V V (BLU) BLU MS
1 W (YLW) YLW 3~
CN-MTR1 W
3 (RED) N
ELECTRONIC CONTROLLER COMPRESSOR

Resistance of Compressor Windings

MODEL CU-Z20VKE
CONNECTION KSK75D43UEE (Ω)
U-V 2.18
U-W 2.18
V-W 2.18
Note: Resistance at 20°C of ambient temperature.

37
9.2.2 CU-Z25VKE CU-Z35VKE CU-Z42VKE CU-Z50VKE CU-Z71VKE
YELLOW
(YLW) OR (C)
REMARKS
BLU: BLUE
BLK: BLACK BLUE RED
TO INDOOR UNIT WHT: WHITE
(BLU) (RED)
OR (R) OR (S)
RED: RED
YLW: YELLOW (TRADEMARK)
S1 2 3 TERMINAL REACTOR GRY: GRAY COMPERSSOR TERMINAL
BOARD GRN: GREEN THE PARENTHESIZED LETTERS IS
RED INDICATED ON TERMINAL COVER
GRY GRY
DATA RAT2 RAT1
(GRY) (GRY)
WHT
BLK

(RED)

COMMUNICATION
NOISE FILTER CIRCUIT OUTDOOR AIR TEMP. SENSOR
AC-BLK CIRCUIT FUSE 5 (THERMISTOR)
(BLK) (20A 250V) 1 tº
CN-TH1
FUSE 1 (WHT) tº
FOR Z25/35/42VK 4
(20A 250V) PIPING TEMP. SENSOR
FUSE 8 FUSE 6 (THERMISTOR)
FOR Z50/71VK (20A 250V)
(25A 250V) T3.15A CN-TANK 1
L250V RECTIFICATION tº
CIRCUIT (WHT) 3
AC-WHT COMPRESSOR TEMP.
SENSOR (THERMISTOR)
(WHT)
SWITCHING 1
GRN FG1 (GRN)
POWER CN-STM1 M ELECTRO-MAGNETIC COIL
PFC RECTIFICATION SUPPLY CIRCUIT (WHT) (EXPANSION VALVE)
GRN FG2 (GRN) CIRCUIT 6
CIRCUIT
YLW ELECTRO-MAGNETIC
CN-MTR2 FUSE 3 CN-HOT 1
T3.15A L250V (WHT) 3 COIL
(WHT) 10 YLW (4-WAY VALVE)
1
FAN 3 W
MS U Q1 U (RED) RED
MOTOR 3~ 5 P U
V 14
V V (BLU) BLU MS
16 W (YLW) YLW 3~
1 N W
IC19
CN-MTR1 COMPRESSOR
3 (RED) ELECTRONIC CONTROLLER

Resistance of Compressor Windings

CU-Z25VKE / CU-Z35VKE /
MODEL CU-Z50VKE CU-Z71VKE
CU-Z42VKE
CONNECTION 9RS102XMA21 (Ω) 9RD132XAA21 (Ω) 9KD240XBA21 (Ω)
U-V 1.780 1.897 0.720
U-W 1.780 1.907 0.726
V-W 1.780 1.882 0.708
Note: Resistance at 20°C of ambient temperature.

38
10. Electronic Circuit Diagram
10.1 Indoor Unit
F303 CN-NANO
ELECTRONIC CONTROLLER (SUB) 12V_1
32V
Q18 500mA (YLW)
4

POWER SUPPLY
HIGH VOLTAGE
P 1

D
S
C65 R108 B 1 W
-20V CN2

G
-2A W CN1
R109 BL 3 (WHT) (WHT) NANOE
2 BL GENERATOR
1 5
Q21 C G7
B 4.7k
W
50V 10K
100mA C Q20
E C401 R93
4.7k B
12V_2 5V_3 10K 50V
100mA G3 5V
E
4 GR 1

(WIFI MODULE)
5V_3

CONTROLLER
ELECTRONIC
G7 GR

3
RY-PWR C400 GR TP2
GR TP3
3

4
R401 R406
R405 NONE 1 CN-WLAN
RY-PWR CN-WLAN (BLK)

3
G3
RY-PWR2
C403
(WHT)
C402
8

2
RY-PWR2 G7 G3 NONE NONE

(YELLOW) (BROWN) (BLACK) CN-101 CN-102 CN-103 G3

AC302 ACL501 AC306 (GRN) 1 5 1 3 (WHT) 1 5 (WHT)

W
W
W
W
W

W
W
W

W
W
W
W
W
GROUNDING CN-DATA 1 1 1 3 1 5 CN-DATA 3
5
POWER SUPPLY

12V
TERMINAL (GRN) CN-DATA 2 (YLW)
TERMINAL G7
(YLW) 5V
BOARD Y/G 12V R402
BR 5V 5V R403
L1 510
NONE

N R112 C404
R113 1000p

3
S1 Y RY-PWR 12V
B1
C67 NONE
50V
4
2 50V
TO OUTDOOR UNIT

3
BLACK AC306 (BLK) Sensor (Thermistor)
TEMP. FUSE
102ºC (250V, 3A) FUSE301 Characteristics
T3.15A L250V SW01 70
TEMP. FUSE
102ºC (250V, 3A) W AC303 (WHT)
NOISE FILTER Pipe temp. Sensor
R AC304 (RED) CIRCUIT 60
G G301 (GRN) Intake Air Temp. Sensor
GROUNDING
TERMINAL
COMMUNICATION 50
Y/G CIRCUIT RECTIFICATION
EVAPORATOR CIRCUIT

Resistance (kΩ)
Y 40
B 7
FAN MOTOR
M W
BL
6
5 CN-FM (WHT)
4
30
R
(FOR Z20/25/35/42VKEW & 1 5V 5V
XZ20/25/35VKEW ONLY) R37
20
CN-RCV 10k
5V
1 W 1 (YLW)
ELECTRONIC W R54 C47 10
CONTROLLER CN-RCV W 270 NONE
(RECEIVER) (WHT) W
4
REMOTE CONTROLLER 4 C380 C45 C49
0
NONE NONE
12V -10 0 10 20 30 40 50
5V ELECTRONIC CONTROLLER
(DISPLAY) 5V F301 5V 4
32V Temperature (°C)
R201 500mA
R90
A K 10k L6 L5
LED201
R202 CN-DISP CN-RMT 1
A K (WHT)
C52 C51 (WHT)
1000p 1000p
LED202
1 W 6 JR4 50V 50V C56
C57
CN-CNT
R203 W 0 B1 B1 (WHT)
13V
A K W 5 GR
LED203 W
W
5
R221 R204 W R58
W BR
A K G
LED204 R214 6 1 IC06 Y
C CN-DISP 1 IC06 16
1 1
GND-A
(YLW) 2 IC06 15 CN-STM1
B
Q1 12V (WHT)
3 IC06 14
1 BR 1
E 4 IC06 13
GND-A 5 IC06 12
R
O M UP DOWN LOUVER
Y MOTOR (OUTER)
6 IC06 11 P
IC05 5 5
R46 R47 7 IC06 10
(FOR Z50/71VKEW & XZ50VKEW ONLY) 1 IC05 16 CN-STM2
1/3W 1/3W 12V
2 IC05 15 43 43 (YLW)
5V 1 BR 1
3 IC05 14 R
5V
IC401 R409
O M LEFT RIGHT
C
47
4 IC05 13 Y LOUVER MOTOR
SEN201 P
VOUT 1
VCC 2 5 IC05 12 BZ01 5 5
E
GND 3 C401 C402 A48PKM17EPP 5V
47u 0.01u 6 IC05 11 12V CN-STM3
1
2

4 5
6.3V 16V (BLU)
KRE B1 7 IC05 10 R30
IC03 1k 1 BR 1
1 IC03 16 R
R413 JP404 R414 GND-A
5V 2 IC03 15
O
Y
M UP DOWN LOUVER
GND-A P MOTOR (INNER)
3 IC03 14 5 5
R201
A K 4 4 IC03 13 5V CN-TH
LED201 1 W CN-RCV (RED)
R202
W (YLW) 5 IC03 12 6
A K
W 1 t° PIPING TEMPERATURE SENSOR 2 (THERMISTOR)
LED202 6 IC03 11
W
R203 W 6 t° PIPING TEMPERATURE SENSOR 1 (THERMISTOR)
A K W
13V LED203
W
CN-DISP t° SUCTION TEMPERATURE SENSOR (THERMISTOR)
R221 R204 W (YLW) 1
A K R223 8 1 C25 R61 C27
LED204 R62
CN-DISP 15k 1u 20k 1u R63 C28
R222 R214 GND-A (WHT) 16V 1% 16V
1%
C
B3 B3

Q1 B

ELECTRONIC
ELECTRONIC CONTROLLER (MAIN)
E
CONTROLLER
GND-A (RECEIVER & DISPLAY)

39
10.2 Outdoor Unit
10.2.1 CU-Z20VKE
TO INDOOR UNIT

TERMINAL REACTOR
S1 2 3 BOARD

RED
GRY GRY
FUSE105 RAT2 RAT1 5V
DATA (15A 250V) (GRY) (GRY)
(RED)
R206 CN-TH
WHT

R205
BLK

15k 15.8k (WHT)

1% 1% OUTDOOR AIR TEMP.
1
t° SENSOR
(THERMISTOR)
t° PIPING TEMP. SENSOR
5V (THERMISTOR)
NOISE FILTER 4
CIRCUIT COMMUNICATION G5 1
COMP. TEMPERATURE
AC-BLK CIRCUIT t° SENSOR
(BLK) R209 CN-TANK 3 (THERMISTOR)
4.99k
FUSE 101 1% (WHT)
FUSE102 16V 1 YLW ELECTRO-MAGNETIC
(20A 250V) T3.15A L250V Q604 G5
COIL
AC-WHT (4-WAYS VALVE)

D
S
3 YLW
(WHT)

K
G
D602 CN-HOT
FUSE103 RECTIFICATION (WHT)

A
T3.15A L250V CIRCUIT
GRN IC3
FG 1 1 16 G4A 1
(GRN) 2 15 ELECTRO-MAGNETIC
3 14 M COIL
GRN FG 2 PFC
SWITCHING POWER 4 13 (EXPANSION VALVE)
(GRN) CIRCUIT RECTIFICATION
FUSE104 SUPPLY CIRCUIT 14V 6
CIRCUIT
CN-MTR2 T3.15A L250V CN-STM
1 (WHT) 10 (WHT)
W C601
FAN MS 3
3~ U 14
MOTOR V Q1
16 P G4A
5 U (RED) RED
CN-MTR1 IC19 U
1 (RED) R245 V V (BLU) BLU MS
W (YLW) YLW 3~
5V
W
C222 N
3 COMPRESSOR
G6
C401

G5 ELECTRONIC CONTROLLER

Sensor (Thermistor) Compressor Temp. Sensor

Characteristics (Thermistor) Characteristics
70 70
1 Outdoor Air Sensor
2 Outdoor Heat Exchanger
60 60
Sensor

50 50
Resistance (kΩ)

Resistance (kΩ)

40 40
1

30 30
2
20 20

10 10

0 0
-10 0 10 20 30 40 50 20 40 60 80 100 120 140
o
Temperature ( C) Temperature (oC)

40
10.2.2 CU-Z25VKE CU-Z35VKE CU-Z42VKE CU-Z50VKE CU-Z71VKE

TO INDOOR UNIT

S1 2 3 TERMINAL REACTOR
BOARD
RED
GRY GRY
DATA RAT2 RAT1
(GRY) (GRY)
WHT
BLK

(RED)
5V
COMMUNICATION
NOISE FILTER CIRCUIT
AC-BLK CIRCUIT FUSE 5 R21
15.8k R22
(BLK) (20A 250V) 1% 15k C98
1% 470u
FUSE 1 C9 C10 10V
KY
1u
FOR Z25/35/42VK 10V
1u
10V
(20A 250V) B1 B1
FOR Z50/71VK FUSE 8 FUSE 6 OUTDOOR AIR TEMP. SENSOR
T3.15A (20A 250V)
G5
G5 CN-TH1
(25A 250V) (WHT) 1 (THERMISTOR)
L250V RECTIFICATION
CIRCUIT tº
AC-WHT
(WHT) tº
SWITCHING 5V 4 PIPING TEMP. SENSOR
POWER G5 CN-TANK (THERMISTOR)
PFC RECTIFICATION SUPPLY CIRCUIT (WHT) 1
CIRCUIT CIRCUIT tº

FG1 (GRN)
C99 R28 3 COMPRESSOR TEMP.
GRN 1u 4.99k
SENSOR (THERMISTOR)
10V 1%
B1
GRN FG2 (GRN) IC8 G5 CN-STM1
4 13 (WHT) 1
3 14
FUSE 3 2 15
M ELECTRO-MAGNETIC COIL
T3.15A L250V 1 16
(EXPANSION VALVE)
15V
6
16V 1 YLW ELECTRO-MAGNETIC
CN-MTR2 Q55
COIL
(WHT) 10 YLW (4-WAY VALVE)
CN-HOT 3

D
1

S
FAN W

G
MS 3 G4A (WHT)
MOTOR U P Q1 U (RED) RED
3~ 5 V 14 U
CN-MTR1 V V (BLU) BLU MS
16 W (YLW) YLW 3~
1 (RED) N W
IC19
5V R403 COMPRESSOR
1k C414
3 C401 0.01u
0.1u 50V
25V B1
B1 G6 ELECTRONIC CONTROLLER
G5

Sensor (Thermistor) Compressor Temp. Sensor

Characteristics (Thermistor) Characteristics
70 70
Outdoor Air Sensor
Outdoor Heat Exchanger
60 60
Sensor

50 50
Resistance (kΩ)

Resistance (kΩ)

40 40

30 30

20 20

10 10

0 0
-10 0 10 20 30 40 50 20 40 60 80 100 120 140

Temperature (oC) Temperature (oC)

41
11. Printed Circuit Board
11.1 Indoor Unit
11.1.1 Main Printed Circuit Board

AC303

RY-PWR

CN-FM

CN-DATA2
CN-CNT

CN-STM2

CN-STM3
CN-DATA1

CN-STM1

CN-RMT

CN-TH

CN-DATA3
CN-DISP
CN-RCV
JP1 (Random Auto Restart enable/disable)

42
11.1.2 Indicator Printed Circuit Board (CS-Z20/25/35/42VKEW)

LED205 LED203 LED201

LED206 LED204 LED202

CN-DISP

11.1.3 Receiver Printed Circuit Board (CS-Z20/25/35/42VKEW)

CN-RCV

11.1.4 Sub Printed Circuit Board

AC302

AC306
ACL501

CN-NANO

43
11.1.5 Indicator & Receiver Printed Circuit Board (CS-Z50/71VKEW)

LED205 LED203 LED201

LED206 LED204 LED202

CN-DISP

44
11.2 Outdoor Unit
11.2.1 Main Printed Circuit Board

[Link] CU-Z20VKE

POWER
TRANSISTOR
(IPM)

CN-MTR2

CN-MTR1

CN-HOT
CN-TH
CN-TANK

CN-STM

AC-WHT
DATA
AC-BLK

45
[Link] CU-Z25VKE CU-Z35VKE CU-Z42VKE

POWER
TRANSISTOR
(IPM)

CN-MTR2
CURRENT
TRANSFORMER
(CT)

CN-MTR1
CN-STM1

CN-TH1

CN-HOT
DATA CN-TANK
AC-WHT
AC-BLK

46
[Link] CU-Z50VKE CU-Z71VKE

POWER
TRANSISTOR
(IPM)

CN-MTR2
CURRENT
TRANSFORMER
(CT)

CN-MTR1
CN-STM1

CN-TH1

CN-HOT
DATA CN-TANK
AC-WHT
AC-BLK

47
12. Installation Instruction
12.1 Select the Best Location
12.1.1 Indoor Unit 12.1.2 Indoor/Outdoor Unit Installation
 Do not install the unit in excessive oil fume area Diagram
such as kitchen, workshop and etc.
 There should not be any heat source or steam Piping direction (Front side)
near the unit. Right Attention not to
bend up drain
Right Rear
 There should not be any obstacles blocking the air Right bottom Left Left
hose

circulation. Rear Left bottom

 A place where air circulation in the room is good. Installation parts you
 A place where drainage can be easily done.

or more
65 mm
should purchase ( )
 A place where noise prevention is taken into
consideration. Installation plate 1
 Do not install the unit near the door way. 50 mm
Bushing-Sleeve ( )
or more Sleeve ( )
 Ensure the spaces indicated by arrows from the Putty ( )
wall, ceiling, fence or other obstacles. (Gum Type Sealer)
Bend the pipe as closely
 Indoor unit of this air conditioner shall be installed (Left and right are identical) on the wall as possible,
but be careful that it
in a height of at least 1.8 m. Insulation of piping connections
doesn’t break.
Power supply cord ( )
• Carry out insulation after
Table A checking for gas leaks and
secure with vinyl tape.
Vinyl tape (wide) ( )
• Apply after carrying
Vinyl tape out a drainage test.
Capacity W Max. Refrigerant
Model Indoor Amin (m2) • To carry out the
(HP) Charge (kg) ** not less than safety factor margin drainage test,
remove the air filters
and pour water into
Refer to Installation Instruction at the heat exchanger.
MZ16*** 1/2HP
outdoor unit. Saddle ( )

Z20***, XZ20*** 3/4HP 0.78 Not applicable (*)

Z25***, XZ25*** 1.0HP 0.93 Not applicable (*)
Attaching the remote control holder to the wall
Z35***, XZ35*** 1.5HP 0.93 Not applicable (*) Remote control holder fixing screws 6
Z42*** 1.75HP 0.97 Not applicable (*)
It is advisable to avoid more than 2
Remote
Z50***, XZ50*** 2.0HP 1.49 Not applicable (*) blockage directions. For better ventilation control 3
& multiple-outdoor installation, please
Z71*** 2.5HP 1.87 4.5120 consult authorized dealer/specialist. Remote control holder 5

(*) Systems with total refrigerant charge, mc , lower  This illustration is for explanation purposes only.
than 1.84kg are not subjected to any room area The indoor unit will actually face a different way.
requirements.

* Table “A” only applicable for single split connection.

* In case of connection to outdoor multi inverter, refer
to installation manual at outdoor unit.

Amin = (mc / (2.5 × (LFL)(5/4) × h0)) 2

Amin = Required minimum room area, in m2

mc = Refrigerant charge in appliance, in kg
LFL = Lower flammability limit (0.307 kg/m3)
h0 = Installation height of the appliance (1.8 m for
wall mounted)
SF = Safety factor with a value of 0.75

** The required minimum room area, Amin , shall also

be governed by the safety factor margin formula
below :

Amin = mc / (SF × LFL × h0)

The higher value shall be taken when determining the

room area.

48
12.2 Indoor Unit
12.2.1 How to Fix Installation Plate
The mounting wall shall be strong and solid enough to prevent it from vibration.
Ceiling
Wall Wall
More than 1 More than 1

2 screw More Indoor unit

than 2

3 4

Installation 266 mm
B plate 1
6
266 mm PIPE
5
PIPE
HOLE
Measuring Tape HOLE
CENTER
CENTER

For best strength of

128mm TO C A 128mm TO
PIPE HOLE
CENTER
INDOOR unit installation, PIPE HOLE
CENTER

128 mm it is highly recommended 128 mm

to locate “ ” at 5 position
as shown.

Dimension
Model
1 2 3 4 5 6
MZ16***
Z20***, XZ20***
Z25***, XZ25*** 515 mm 85 mm 460 mm 460 mm 43 mm 95 mm
Z35***, XZ35***
Z42***

Ceiling
Wall Wall
More than 1 More than 1
Indoor unit More
2 screw than 2

3 4

128 mm
6
266 mm 266 mm
5
Measuring Tape Installation plate 1

128 mm For best strength of 128 mm

INDOOR unit installation,
it is highly recommended
to locate “ ” at 5 position
as shown.

Dimension
Model
1 2 3 4 5 6
Z50***, XZ50***
615 mm 95 mm 560 mm 560 mm 270 mm 320 mm
Z71***

The center of installation plate should be at more than 1 at right and left of the wall.
The distance from installation plate edge to ceiling should more than 2.
From installation plate center to unit’s left side is 3.
From installation plate center to unit’s right side is 4.

B : For left side piping, piping connection for liquid should be about 5 from this line.
: For left side piping, piping connection for gas should be about 6 from this line.

1 Mount the installation plate on the wall with 5 screws or more (at least 5 screws).
(If mounting the unit on the concrete wall, consider using anchor bolts.)
o Always mount the installation plate horizontally by aligning the marking-off line with the thread and using
a level gauge.
2 Drill the piping plate hole with ø70 mm hole-core drill.
o Line according to the left and right side of the installation plate.
The meeting point of the extended line is the center of the hole.
Another method is by putting measuring tape at position as shown in the diagram above.
The hole center is obtained by measuring the distance namely 128 mm for left and right hole respectively.
o Drill the piping hole at either the right or the left and the hole should be slightly slanting to the outdoor
side.

49
12.2.2 To Drill a Hole in the Wall and
Install a Sleeve of Piping Wall

Indoor Outdoor
1 Insert the piping sleeve to the hole.
2 Fix the bushing to the sleeve. 15 mm
3 Cut the sleeve until it extrudes about 15 mm Approx. 5 - 7 mm
from the wall.
Sleeve for tube
assembly
CAUTION Bushing for
tube assembly
When the wall is hollow, please be sure to use
the sleeve for tube assembly to prevent dangers
caused by mice biting the connection cable. ø70 mm
through hole
Putty or caulking compound

4 Finish by sealing the sleeve with putty or

caulking compound at the final stage.

50
12.2.3 Indoor Unit Installation
● Do not turn over the unit without it’s shock absorber during pull out the piping.
It may cause intake grille damage.
● Use shock absorber during pull out the piping to protect the intake grille from damage.
p ul
pull o l ou
ut t t th
he e
p ip p
in

ip
ing
g
Piping Piping

Intake grille Shock absorber

[Link] For the Right Rear Piping Right Rear piping

Step-1 Pull out the Indoor piping

Tape it with piping in a
position as mentioned in
Fig. below.
Step-2 Install the Indoor Unit Piping
Cover for
Cover for the the left
bottom piping piping
Drain Cover for
Step-3 Secure the Indoor Unit hose the right Cover for the
piping bottom piping

Step-4 Insert the power supply cord and connection cable How to keep the cover Cover for piping

• Insert the cables from bottom of the unit through the control board hole until In case of the cover is cut, keep the cover at the rear
terminal board area. of chassis as shown in the illustration for future
reinstallation.
(Left, right and 2 bottom covers for piping.)
[Link] For the Right and Right Bottom
Right and Right Bottom piping
Piping
Step-1 Pull out the Indoor piping
Tape it with piping in a
position as mentioned in
Fig. below.

Step-2 Install the Indoor Unit Piping

Cover for
Cover for the left
the bottom piping
Drain hose Cover for the
piping
right piping
Step-3 Insert the power supply cord and connection cable
• Insert the cables from bottom of the unit through the control board hole until Install the indoor unit
terminal board area. Hooks at
Hook the indoor unit onto the upper installation
plate
Step-4 Secure the Indoor Unit portion of installation plate. (Engage
the indoor unit with the upper edge Sleeve for
of the installation plate). Ensure the piping hole
hooks are properly seated on the Piping
[Link] For the Embedded Piping installation plate by moving it in left
and right. Drain hose
Indoor unit
Step-1 Replace the drain hose

Secure the Indoor Unit

Step-2 Bend the embedded piping Press the lower left and right side of the unit
• Use a spring bender or equivalent to bend the piping so that the piping is not against the installation plate until hooks
crushed. engages with their slot (sound click).

Step-3 Pull the connection cable into Indoor Unit Installation

Unit’s hook
plate
• The power supply cord and indoor unit and outdoor unit connection cable can
be connected without removing the front grille.

Step-4 Cut and flare the embedded piping Insert the connection cable

• When determining the dimensions of the piping, slide the unit all the way to the
left on the installation plate. 70 Ab Connection cable
• Refer to the section “Cutting and flaring the piping”. – o Gas side piping
80 ut
m
m Liquid side piping
Step-5 Install the Indoor Unit
Guide Connection Drain hose
surface cable
Step-6 Connect the piping
• Please refer to “Connecting the piping” column in outdoor unit section.
(Below steps are done after connecting the outdoor piping and gas-leakage
confirmation.)

Step-7 Insulate and finish the piping

marking
• Please refer to “Insulation of piping connection” column as mentioned in
indoor/outdoor unit installation. To take out the unit, push the marking at
the bottom unit, and pull it slightly towards you to
Step-8 Secure the Indoor Unit disengage the hooks from the unit.

(This can be used for left rear piping and left bottom
piping also.)

51
 Exchange the drain hose and
the cap

Rear view for left piping installation

Connection cable
Piping More than 950 mm
(1/2 ~ 1.75HP) or
Drain hose 1150 mm (2.0 ~ 2.5HP)
Connection cable Drain hose
Drain hose
Drain cap Sleeve for piping hole

Adjust the piping

slightly downwards.

• How to pull the piping and drain hose out, in case of the • In case of left piping how to insert
embedded piping. the connection cable and drain
hose.
mm
n 950 ) or 5HP)
tha 75HP ~ 2.
re . 0
Apply putty or Mo 2 ~ 1 m (2.
caulking material (1/ 50 m
11
to seal the wall
opening. Connection cable
More than 700 mm

Piping

than
More m Drain hose
m
470 from main unit
PVC tube (VP-65) for piping and
connection cable
PVC tube for 45°
drain hose (VP-20) PVC tube for drain hose (VP-30)
Drain hose
PVC tube for Cable
drain hose
Piping
Cable
Piping
Indoor unit
72 mm (1/2 ~ 1.75HP) or
82 mm (2.0 ~ 2.5HP) (For the right piping, follow the
same procedure)

12.2.4 Connect the Cable to the Indoor Unit

The power supply cord, indoor and outdoor unit connection cable can be connected without removing the front grille.
1 Install the indoor unit on the installing holder that mounted on the wall.
2 Open the front panel and grille door by loosening the screw.
3 Cable connection to the power supply through Isolating Devices (Disconnecting means).
o Connect the approved polychloroprene sheathed power supply cord 3 × 1.5 mm2 (1/2 ~ 1.75HP) or
3 × 2.5 mm2 (2.0 ~ 2.5HP), type designation 60245 IEC 57 or heavier cord to the terminal board, and
connect the other end of the cable to Isolating Devices (Disconnecting means).
o Do not use joint power supply cord. Replace the wire if the existing wire (from concealed wiring, or
otherwise) is too short.
o In unavoidable case, joining of power supply cord between isolating devices and terminal board of air
conditioner shall be done by using approved socket and plug rated 15/16A (1/2 ~ 1.75HP) or 16A
(2.0HP) or 20A (2.5HP). Wiring work to both socket and plug must follow to national wiring standard.
4 Bind all the power supply cord lead wire with tape and route the power supply cord via the left escapement.
5 Connection cable between indoor unit and outdoor unit shall be approved polychloroprene sheathed
4 × 1.5 mm2 (1/2 ~ 1.75HP) or 4 × 2.5 mm2 (2.0 ~ 2.5HP) flexible cord, type designation 60245 IEC 57 or
heavier cord.
6 Bind all the indoor and outdoor connection cable with tape and route the connection cable via the right
escapement.

52
 7 Remove the tapes and connect the power supply cord and connection cable between indoor unit and outdoor
unit according to the diagram below.

Terminals on the outdoor unit S1 2 3 1 2 3

Colour of wires (connection cable)
Terminals on the indoor unit L 1 N S1 2 3 OR L 1 N S1 2 3
(Power supply cord) * Connection for multi inverter
model (Outdoor power
Terminals on the isolating devices (L) (N) supply)
(Disconnecting means)

8 Secure the power supply cord and connection cable onto the control board with the holder.
9 Close grille door by tighten with screw and close the front panel.

Terminal Board

Control Board

Recommended Earth Wire

length (mm) longer than
others AC
wires for safety
Recommended a b c d e f g reason
length (mm) 55 35 35 50 40 35 60
Holder
Tape Holder Tape

Power supply Indoor & outdoor

cord connection cable
Power supply cord
Isolating Devices Outdoor unit
Connection cable

WARNING

This equipment must be properly earthed.

Note:
 Isolating Devices (Disconnecting means) should have minimum 3.0 mm contact gap.
 Ensure the colour of wires of outdoor unit and the terminal Nos. are the same to the indoor’s respectively.
 Earth wire shall be Yellow/Green (Y/G) in colour and longer than other AC wires as shown in the figure for the
electrical safety in case of the slipping out of the cord from the anchorage.

53
[Link] Wire Stripping Connecting and Requirement

RISK OF FIRE
JOINING OF
WARNING WIRES MAY CAUSE
OVERHEATING AND FIRE.

10 ± 1 mm
Wire stripping

Do not joint wires

No loose strand
when inserted OR
OR
Indoor/outdoor
connection
terminal board Use complete wire without joining.

5 mm or more
Use approved socket and plug with earth pin.
(gap between wires) Wire connection in this area must follow to national
Conductor Conductor over Conductor not wiring rules.
fully inserted inserted fully inserted

Do not connect power supply to indoor and outdoor

unit at the same time.
CAUTION Risk of fire if wrong connection of power supply.
ACCEPT PROHIBITED PROHIBITED

12.2.5 Connect the Piping

[Link] Connecting the Piping to Indoor

For connection joint of all model (except R32 model) Additional Precautions For R32 Models when
Please make flare after inserting flare nut (locate at connecting by flaring at indoor side
joint portion of tube assembly) onto the copper pipe.
(In case of using long piping) Ensure to do the re-flaring of pipes before connecting to
units to avoid leaking.
Connect the piping
 Align the center of piping and sufficiently tighten Seal sufficiently the flare nut (both gas and liquid sides)
the flare nut with fingers. with neutral cure (Alkoxy type) & ammonia-free
 Further tighten the flare nut with torque wrench in silicone sealant and insulation material to avoid the
specified torque as stated in the table. gas leak caused by freezing.

Apply neutral cure

(Alkoxy type) and
ammonia-free silicone
sealant along the
Spanner or circumference
Wrench

Torque
wrench

Neutral cure (Alkoxy type) & ammonia-free silicone

sealant is only to be applied after pressure testing and
cleaning up by following instructions of sealant, only to
the outside of the connection. The aim is to prevent
moisture from entering the connection joint and
possible occurrence of freezing. Curing sealant will
take some time. Make sure sealant will not peel off
when wrapping the insulation.

54
[Link] Connecting the Piping to Outdoor
Decide piping length and then cut by using pipe cutter. Do not overtighten, overtightening may cause gas leakage.
Remove burrs from cut edge.
Piping size Torque
Make flare after inserting the flare nut (locate at valve)
onto the copper pipe. Align center of piping to valve 6.35 mm (1/4") [18 N•m (1.8 kgf•m)]
and then tighten with torque wrench to the specified 9.52 mm (3/8") [42 N•m (4.3 kgf•m)]
torque as stated in the table.
12.7 mm (1/2") [55 N•m (5.6 kgf•m)]
15.88 mm (5/8") [65 N•m (6.6 kgf•m)]
19.05 mm (3/4") [100 N•m (10.2 kgf•m)]

[Link] Connecting the Piping to Outdoor Multi

Decide piping length and then cut by using pipe cutter. Liquid side
Remove burrs from cut edge. Make flare after Hall Union Flare Nut
inserting the flare nut (locate at valve) onto the copper Auxiliary pipe Connection pipe
pipe. Align center of piping to valve and then tighten (male side) (female side)
with torque wrench to the specified torque as stated in
the table.

* For Gas side piping please refer table and diagram below
Gas side
Outdoor Multi Combination Model Pipe size
(refer to Hall Union Flare Nut
R32 Model R410A Model diagram) Auxiliary pipe Connection pipe
(male side) (female side)
CS-MZ16***, CU-2Z35***, CU-2E12***,
CS-Z20***, CU-2Z41***, CU-2E15***,
CS-XZ20***, CU-2Z50***, CU-2E18***,
CS-Z25***, CU-3Z52***, CU-3E18***, Hall Union Packing
Flare Nut
CS-XZ25***, CU-3Z68***, CU-3E23***,
Auxiliary pipe Connection pipe
CS-Z35***, CU-4Z68***, CU-4E23***,
(male side) (female side)
CS-XZ35*** CU-4Z80***, CU-4E27***,
CU-5Z90*** CU-5E34***
Pipe size reducer (CZ-MA1P)
CS-Z42***, CU-2Z50***, CU-2E18***,
CS-Z50***, CU-3Z52***, CU-3E18***,
CS-XZ50*** CU-3Z68***, CU-3E23***, Pipe size reducer
CU-4Z68***, CU-4E23***, (CZ-MA1P) Hall Union (CZ-MA3P) Flare Nut Packing Hall Union
CU-4Z80***, CU-4E27***, Auxiliary pipe
Auxiliary pipe
CU-5Z90*** CU-5E34*** (male side)
(male side)
CS-Z71*** CU-4Z80***, CU-4E23***, (Indoor) (Outdoor)
CU-5Z90*** CU-4E27***, Packing Connection pipe Pipe size expander
CU-5E34*** (CZ-MA2P) & (female side) (CZ-MA2P)
(CZ-MA3P)

[Link] Cutting and Flaring the Piping

1 Please cut using pipe cutter and then remove the burrs.
2 Remove the burrs by using reamer. If burrs is not removed, gas leakage may be caused. Turn the piping end
down to avoid the metal powder entering the pipe.
3 Please make flare after inserting the flare nut onto the copper pipes.

 Improper flaring 

Pipe Handle Inclined Surface Cracked Uneven

Reamer Bar 0 – 0.5 mm damaged thickness
Bar Yoke
Core When properly flared, the internal surface of the
Copper pipe flare will evenly shine and be of even thickness.
Point down Clamp handle Red arrow mark Since the flare part comes into contact with the
1. To cut 2. To remove burrs 3. To flare connections, carefully check the flare finish.

55
12.2.6 How to Take Out Front Grille
Please follow the steps below to take out front grille if Screw

necessary such as when servicing. Front

1 Set the vertical airflow direction louvers to the grille

horizontal position. Vane

(Move the
2 Remove the 2 caps (1/2 ~ 1.75HP) or 3 caps vane to
(2.0 ~ 2.5HP) on the front grille as shown in downward)
Cap (only for 2.0HP ~ 2.5HP model)
the illustration at right.
3 And then remove the 3 (1/2 ~ 1.75HP) or
4 (2.0 ~ 2.5HP) mounting screws. Screw
4 Pull the lower section of the front grille
towards you to remove the front grille. • Use Test pen to
remove Cap Test pen
Cap

When reinstalling the front grille, carry out

above step 2 - 3 in the reverse order.

12.2.7 Auto Switch Operation

The below operations will be performed by pressing the “AUTO” switch.
1 AUTO OPERATION MODE
The Auto operation will be activated immediately once the Auto
Switch is pressed and release within 5 sec..
2 TEST RUN OPERATION (FOR PUMP DOWN/SERVICING
PURPOSE)
The Test Run operation will be activated if the Auto Switch is
pressed continuously for more than 5 sec. to below 8 sec..
A “pep” sound will occur at the fifth sec., in order to identify the
starting of Test Run operation.
3 HEATING TRIAL OPERATION
Press the “AUTO” switch continuously for more than 8 sec. to below 11 sec. and release when a “pep pep”
sound is occured at eight sec. (However, a “pep” sound is occurred at fifth sec..) Then press Remote
controller “AC Reset” button once.
Remote controller signal will activate operation to force heating mode.
4 REMOTE CONTROLLER RECEIVING SOUND ON/OFF
The ON/OFF of Remote controller receiving sound can be change over by the following steps:
a) Press “AUTO” switch continuously for more than 16 sec. to below 21 sec..
A “pep”, “pep”, “pep”, “pep” sound will occur at the sixteenth sec..
b) Press the “AC Reset” button once, “pep” sound will occur indicates that Remote controller receiving
sound setting mode is activated.
c) Press “AUTO” switch again. Everytime “AUTO” switch is pressed (within 60 sec. interval), Remote
controller receiving sound status will be reversed between ON and OFF.
Long “peep” sound indicates that Remote controller receiving sound is ON.
Short “pep” sound indicates that Remote controller receiving sound is OFF.

12.2.8 Heating Only Operation

1 Use remote controller to set heating only operation. When the unit in standby mode, follow the steps below:
a) Press continuously for more than 5 seconds to enter special setting mode.

b) Press to choose function 61, and then press or to set “01”.

c) Press SET
to activate “Heating only operation”.

(Function
no.) Activate or deactivate
“Heating only
T 5secs (Options) operation”

Special setting mode

56
12.2.9 How to Replace Network Adapter
 Remove the front grille (refer how to take out front grille) from the unit.
 Remove the network adapter box by releasing the hook (Figure 1.0).
 Remove the cover by unclipping it and pulling it out (Figure 1.1).
 Remove the top casing by pressing the side of the network adapter box. (Figure 1.2)
 After that, network adapter can be easily replaced (Figure 1.3).

Press

Hook Press

Figure 1.0 Figure 1.1 Figure 1.2 Figure 1.3

Unclip & pull down

12.2.10 Check the Drainage

 Open front panel and remove air filters.
(Drainage checking can be carried out without
removing the front grille.)
 Pour a glass of water into the drain tray-styrofoam.
 Ensure that water flows out from drain hose of the Drain tray-styrofoam
indoor unit.

12.2.11 Evaluation of the Performance

 Operate the unit at cooling/heating operation
mode for fifteen minutes or more.
 Measure the temperature of the intake and
discharge air.
 Ensure the difference between the intake
temperature and the discharge is more than 8°C
during Cooling operation or more than 14°C
during Heating operation.

Discharge air

57
13. Installation and Servicing Air Conditioner using R32
13.1 About R32 Refrigerant
For air conditioning refrigerants such as R410A, the refrigerants were collected back in order to prevent their air
dissipation, to curbe the global warming impact, in case they were released into the atmosphere. In the “4th
Environmental Basic Plan”, 80% reduction of greenhouse gas emissions by 2050 is required, and due to this
requirement, further reduction in the emission of high greenhouse effect gas, such as CFCs, is required. Therefore,
the conversion of air conditioning refrigerant into the ones who has smaller greenhouse effect, even if it is dissipated
into the atmosphere, became our responsibility.

Nevertheless, in case of air conditioning refrigerant, it would be the best if there is a refrigerant which has smaller
impact on global warming, but ensures good energy efficiency and performance, and is safe; however, there is no
such refrigerant which satisfies all these conditions. As a result, we have been considering the practical usage, within
the safety frame-work, of R32 refrigerant which has short lifetime in the atmosphere, and has smaller effect of global
warming, but is slightly flammable.

In 2004, due to the revision of air conditioner safety standards by the International Electro-safety Commission (IEC),
the safety standards of air conditioners using slightly flammable refrigerant was issued. In 2010, the regulations of
American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-Conditioning Engineers in the United States (ANSI/ASHRAE34)
was issued adopting the grades for refrigerants which are difficult to inflame due to their slow burning rates, and as a
result have smaller damages in cases of fire. The burning rate of R32 is lower by 10cm / per second, and safety
standardization for various usage is now being processed.

13.2 Characteristics of R32 Refrigerant

1. Chemical Characteristics
R32 is one of the refrigerants used in R410A, has almost no toxicity, and chemically stable compound formed by
hydrogen, carbon and fluorine.

R32 has short lifetime of 4 to 9 years in case of being released into the atmosphere; therefore, it has smaller
greenhouse gas effect but has slight inflammability because of the large proportion of hydrogen.

Chemical Characteristic Table of R32, R410A and R22.

R32 R410A R22

Chemical Formula CH2F2 CH2F2 / CHF2CF3 CHCLF2
Composition R32 / R125A
Single Composition Single Composition
(mixture ratio wt.%) (50 / 50 wt.%)
Boiling Point (°C) -51.7 -51.5 -40.8
Pressure (physical) *1 3.14 3.07 1.94
Capacity (physical) *2 160 141 100
COP (physical) *3 95 91 100
Ozone Depletion Potential (ODP) 0 0 0.055
Global Warming Potential
675 2090 1810
(GWP) *4
Slightly Inflammable
Inflammability *5 Non-inflammable (A1) Non-inflammable (A1)
(A2L)
Toxicity None None None

*1：Physical property of temperature condition 50°C

*2：Relative value of temperature condition 0/50°C, providing R22=100
*3：Te/Tc/SC/SH=5/50/3/0°C
*4：GWP=Global Warming Potential, each figure is based on “4th IPCC4 Report”
*5：Based on ANSI / ASHRAE std. 34-2010

58
2. Characteristic of Pressure
As shown in Table 2, R32 does not have much difference in vapor pressure at the same refrigerant temperature
comparing to R410A, but comparing to R22, it is higher at 1.6 times more. Thus, the same as in case of R410A, it is
necessary to do installation and service using high-pressure tools and components.

Table 2. Saturated vapor pressure comparison table

(Unit: MPa)

Refrigerant
Temperature
R32 R410A R22
-20 0.30 0.30 0.14
0 0.71 0.70 0.40
20 1.37 1.35 0.81
40 2.38 2.32 1.43
60 3.84 3.73 2.33
65 4.29 4.17 2.60

Reference： Thermal properties table of Japan Society of Refrigerating and Air Conditioning Engineers (60, 65°C)
NIST REFPROP V8.0 (-20 ~ 40°C)

59
13.3 Refrigerant piping installation • Tools used in services
13.3.1 Required Tools
R32 refrigerant air conditioners use the common parts as R410A air conditioners for two-way valves and three-way
valves (diameters of service ports); thus, they maintain commonality in the maintenance of the compressive strength,
the size of pipe flaring, and the size of flare nuts as R410A. Therefore, for refrigerant pipe installation and services,
you can use tools for R410A.

However, mixing of refrigerants is not allowed, so that you have to separate the cylinders for the recovery of
refrigerants.

Tools used for installation • relocation • replacement of air conditioning units

Works R32 R410A R22

Flaring Flare tools for R410A (clutch type) Flare tools for R22 (clutch type)
Torque wrench (diameter 1/4 3/8)
Connection of pipes
Torque wrench (diameter 1/2 5/8) *1 Toque wrench (diameter 1/2 5/8)
Manifold gauge charging hose R32 & R410A Common (As at November 2013) R22 Only
Air purging Vacuum pump + Reducer / expander Vacuum pump
Gas leakage test Detection liquid or soup water, HFC detector

*1. Nut diameters of 1/2 5/8, the size of torque wrench common with R410A
For other installation, you can use general tools such as screw drivers (+, -), metal saws, electric drills, long-nose
pliers, hole core drills (ø70 or ø65), linen tape, levels, temperature gauges, clamp meters, electric knives, nippers,
pipe cutters, reamers or scrapers, spring benders, (diameters 1/4 3/8 1/2 5/8), monkey wrenches, fixing wrenches
(17 or 12 mm), feeler gauges, hexagon wrenches (4 mm), testers, megohm testers, etc.

Tools used for services

Works R32 R410A R22

Insertion of refrigerant Digital scale for refrigerant charging, refrigerant cylinders, cylinder adopters and packing *a
Recovery of refrigerant Refrigerant recovery devices, refrigerant cylinders, manifold gauges, charging hoses *b

*a. Use cylinder for each refrigerant, cylinder adopter and packing.
*b. Use refrigerant recovery cylinder separately for each refrigerant (no mixture of refrigerant allowed). Please be
aware that there are some refrigerant collection devices which do not have self-certification.

13.3.2 Tools for R32 (common with R410A)

1. Flare gauges 2. Flare tools (clutch type)
Use flare gauges when you perform flaring with flare Flare tools have larger holes of clump bars in order
tools (crutch type). Flare gauges are used to set the to set the pipe end at 0 ~ 0.5 mm, and have stronger
pipe ends at 0.5 ~ 1.5 mm from clump bars of flare springs inside to ensure solid flaring torques. These
tools. flare tools can be used commonly for R22.

Flare gauges Flare tools (clutch type)

60
3. Torque wrenches (diameters 1/2, 5/8) Manifold gauges / Charging hoses
In order to strengthen the compressive strength, the
diameters of wrenches change depending on the flare
nut sizes.

Torque wrenches

Differences in charging hoses

Differences in torque wrenches R32

R22
(common R410A)
R32 Normal
R22 5.1 MPa 3.4 MPa
(common R410A) operation 2 2
Pressure (52 kgf / cm ) (35 kgf / cm )
pressure
1/2 26 mm × 55 N•m 24 mm × 55 N•m Resistance
(diameter × torque) (550 kgf•m) (550 kgf•m) Burst 27.4 MPa 17.2 MPa
2 2
pressure (280 kgf / cm ) (175 kgf / cm )
5/8 29 mm × 65 N•m 27 mm × 65 N•m
HNBR rubber
(diameter × torque) (650 kgf•m) (650 kgf•m)
Material Internal nylon NBR rubber
coating
4. Manifold gauges
R22 gauges cannot be used because of the high 6. Vacuum pump and Vacuum pump adopter
pressures. When using a vacuum pump, it is necessary to set a
solenoid valve in order to prevent backflow of vacuum
Each port of manifold has different shapes in order pump oil into the charge hoses, and use a vacuum
to prevent inserting wrong refrigerant. pump with oil backflow prevention function, or use the
*However, the port shape for R410A and R32 is the vacuum pump with vacuum pump adopter.
same; therefore, attention need to be paid not to insert If vacuum pump oil（mineral oil-based）mixes with
wrong refrigerant. R410A (R32), it may cause damage to the machine.

Differences in high/low pressure gauges Vacuum pump

R32
R22
(common R410A)
High pressure -0.1 ~ 5.3 MPa 2
2 -76 cmHg ~ 35 kgf / cm
gauges (red) -76 cmHg ~ 53 kgf / cm
Low pressure -0.1 ~ 3.8 MPa 2
2 -76 cmHg ~ 17 kgf / cm
gauges (blue) -76 cmHg ~ 38 kgf / cm

Difference in manifold port sizes

R32
R22
(common R410A) Vacuum pump adopter
Port sizes 1/2 UNF20 7/16 UNF20

5. Charging hoses
The pressure resistance of charge hoses is increased.
At the same time, the material is changed to HFC
resistant, and the size of each manifold adopter is
changed, as the port size of manifold gauge itself.
Further, some hoses are with anti-gas pressure
backflow valves placed near the adopters. (hoses with
the valves recommended)

61
7. HFC refrigerant_Electric gas leakage tester 9. Refrigerant cylinders
R32 refrigerant is often used for other mixed Refrigerant cylinders for R410A are painted in pink,
refrigerant (R410A, R404A, R407C etc.). Therefore, and the ones for R32 are painted in other colors that
the usage of existing HFC detectors is possible, but in might subject to change according to the international
order to detect more accurately, we recommend to standards. R32 is a single refrigerant, so that both
use detectors specially set and adjusted for R32 liquid and gas insertion are possible. Additional
detection. charging is also possible.
(R410A is a mixed refrigerant, so only liquid insertion
HFC refrigerant_Electric gas leakage tester is possible)

Refrigerant cylinders

8. Digital scale for refrigerant charging 10. Connection ports of refrigerant cylinders and
R32 and R410A have high pressure level and their packing
evaporation speed is high. Charging ports which fit to the charging hose
Thus, if you recover the refrigerant by cylinder connection port size (1/2 UNF20) is needed. At the
charging method, the refrigerant evaporates within the same time, the packing has to be of HFC resistant
weighing scale glass, which makes reading the scale materials.
difficult, rather than liquidating the refrigerant into the
cylinder. (Charging cylinders for R22 have different Connection ports and packing
pressure resistance, scale, connection port size;
therefore, they are not usable) At the same time, the
digital scale for refrigerant charging is strengthened by
receiving the weight of the refrigerant cylinders with
four pillars at the corners. The connection ports of
charging hoses have two separate ports for R22 (7/16
UNF20) and R32/R410A (1/2 UNF20) therefore, they
can be used for the insertion of the existing
refrigerants.

Digital scale for refrigerant charging

62
11. Tools used for refrigerant piping installations and services

Tools for R410A Common with R32 Possibility of usage for R22
1. Pipe cutters, reamers or scrapers ○ ○
2. Flare tools (clutch type) ○ ○
3. Torque wrench (1/4, 3/8) ○ ○
4. Torque wrench (1/2, 5/8) ○ ×
5. Manifold gauges・charging hoses ○ ×
6. Vacuum pumps, vacuum pump adopters ○ Connection ○ Connection
5/16 1/4
7. Electric gas leakage testers for HFC *1 ○ △

8. Digital scale for refrigerant charging ○ ○

9. HCF recovery devices (connection port 5/16) *2 ○ Connection ○ Connection
5/16 1/4
10. Refrigerant cylinders (pressure resistant: FC3) Same specs × ×
Other (colors that might subject to
11. Refrigerant cylinders (pink) change according to the ×
international standards).
12. Refrigerant cylinder connection ports and packing ○ ×
13. Allen wrench (4 mm) Electric knives ○ ○
*1 Those testers only for HCFC22 (R22), but not for HCF32 (R32) and HCF410A (R410A) cannot be for common use.
*2 Recovery devices which are self-certified for each HCF type can be used.
[Knowledge for the common usage of tools for R410A & R32]
 R410A and R32 machines use different compressor oils.
 If unregulated compressor oil gets mixed into, it may cause damage to the machine function.
 Careful pump down will ensure the recovery of compressor oil, and it will minimize the remaining amount of the oil in the manifold
gauge and charging hose.
 If you only perform the recovery of refrigerant and not be able to perform pump down, you have to dispose the compressor oil in
the charging hose.
[Precaution of repairing refrigerant cycle]
 In the brazing, open 2-way and 3-way valves, and make sure the refrigerant is completely recovered back and not remaining the
system.
 When repairing outside, make sure no refrigerant is in the air, ensure good air flow, and perform the brazing.

[Inserting wrong refrigerant]

 It may cause “not cooling” and “not heating” customer claims because each component (expansion valve, compressor, PCB) of the
refrigeration cycle is specially adjusted for R32.
 At the same time, it is not subject to product warranty, if wrong refrigerant was inserted into the system.

63
13.4 New installation, Relocation, Repairing of Refrigerant Cycle System The
Procedures

New
Installation Relocation Repairing refrigerant cycle

Indoor / outdoor units and piping

Pump down

Refrigerant recovery

• Displacing pipes and wires, and displacing indoor / outdoor units

Prevention of impurity • Dismantling indoor / outdoor units

• Repairing by brazing

Removal

・Indoor / outdoor units installation and piping, and wiring

Evacuation (Air purging) new installation and relocation for at or

more than 15 minutes, re-charging at or more than 60 minutes

Insertion of refrigerant

Leakage checking

Operation testing

64
13.5 Piping installation of R32
13.5.1 Pipe materials used and flaring
Copper pipes are used for refrigerant piping. Pipes Pipe thickness
which comply with JIS Regulations need to be used.
Room air conditioners which use R410A and R32 O and OL materials Thickness (mm)
have higher pressure; thus, using pipes which comply Diameter
Diameter
R410A R32 R22
with the Regulations is important. (mm)
The pipe thickness is regulated by revised JIS B 8607 1/4 6.35 0.80
“Flaring and brazing fittings for refrigerant” and the 3/8 9.52 0.80
pipe thickness for R410A, R32 is shown in the table. 1/2 12.70 0.80
5/8 15.88 1.00

Caution
 For connection piping, use copper phosphate seamless pipes (1220T) as regulated in “JIS H 3300” and the pipe
thickness is 0.8 mm.
 In the market, there are some pipes of 0.7 mm thickness, but do not use these pipes (0.8 mm thickness has to be
strictly followed).
 It is recommended to use pipes whose adhesion amount of oil is at or less than 40 mg / 10 m.
At the same time, do not use pipes with dent, de-shape, and color change (especially inside).

13.5.2 Processing and connection of pipes

For refrigerant pipe installation, be aware of moisture and dirt do not get into the pipes, and make sure of no
refrigerant leakage.
◎ The procedure of flaring and precautions
a) Cutting of pipes：use pipe cutter and cut the pipe slowly not to de-shape the pipe.
b) Removal of burrs on the edge of pipe (reamer or scraper)
If the condition of pipe edge after the deburring is no good or if burrs attaches on the flaring, it may cause
refrigerant leakage. Turn the pipe end down and perform deburring carefully.
c) Insert the flare nut (use the nut which is a part of the CZ parts)
d) Flaring
Ensure the cleanliness of clump bar and pipe, and perform flaring carefully.
Use the existing flare tools or flare tools for R410A. Be aware that the sizes and dimensions of flaring is different
in each flaring tool. If you use the existing flaring tools, use flaring gauge to measure the length of the flaring part.

Dimensions “a” (mm) Dimensions “a” (mm)

Nut outer diameter (mm)
R22 R410A/R32
Piping
Flare tools Flare tools
size Flare tools Flare tools R410A
for R410A for R410A
a

(mm) R22
Wing nut Wing nut
Clutch type Clutch type Clutch type Clutch type R32
type type
6.35 (1/4") 0.5 ~ 1.0 1.0 ~ 1.5 0 ~ 0.5 1.0 ~ 1.5 1.5 ~ 2.0 0 ~ 0.5 17 17
9.52 (3/8") 0.5 ~ 1.0 1.0 ~ 1.5 0 ~ 0.5 1.0 ~ 1.5 1.5 ~ 2.0 0 ~ 0.5 22 22
12.70 (1/2") 0.5 ~ 1.0 1.5 ~ 2.0 0 ~ 0.5 1.0 ~ 1.5 2.0 ~ 2.5 0 ~ 0.5 Bar 24 26
15.88 (5/8") 0.5 ~ 1.0 1.5 ~ 2.0 0 ~ 0.5 1.0 ~ 1.5 2.0 ~ 2.5 0 ~ 0.5 27 29

65
13.6 Installation, Relocation, and Service
13.6.1 Air purge and gas leak test for new installation (using new refrigerant pipes) using
vacuum pump
(From the point of view of global environment protection, do not release CFCs into the atmosphere during installation
work)
1. Connect the charging hose of manifold gauge to the service port of 3-way valve (pushing insect pin).
2. Fully open the handle Lo of manifold gauge and operate vacuum pump.
(If the needle of the low-pressure gauge reaches the vacuum immediately, check 1 procedure again)
3. Perform vacuuming 15 minutes or more, and make sure low pressure gauge reaches to -0.1 MPa (-76cmHg).
When the vacuuming completes, fully open the handle Lo of manifold gauge and stop the operation of vacuum
pump, and leave it for 1 ~ 2 minutes. Then, remove the connection side of the charging hose of vacuum pump
adopter after checking the needle of manifold gauge does not turn back.
4. Open the stem of 2-way valve to 90° in anti-clock wise, and close the 2-way valve after 10 seconds, and perform
gas leakage test.
5. Remove the charge hose from the service port of 3-way valve, and open the stems of 2-way and 3-way valves
(open the valves to anti-clock wise carefully, do not use full strength to open)
6. Tighten the service port cap with torque wrench 18 N•m (1.8 kgf•m)
Tighten the caps of 2-way and 3-way valves with torque wrench 18 N•m (1.8kgf•m)
7. After the tightening of each cap, check gas leakage around the cap.

Liquid side
Gas side
2-way valve
Hex wrench

Valve stem caps

3-way valve
Low-pressure High-pressure
gauge gauge
Service port Manifold gauge
valve core
Service
port cap Hi Handle
-0.1 MPa
(-76cmHg)
Charging hoses
Lo Handle

Vacuum pump
adaptor
Vacuum
pump

66
13.6.2 Process of refrigerant recovery
1. Connect the center charging hose of manifold gauge to the in-let side of recovery device.
2. Connect the valves of the discharge side of recovery device and liquid side of refrigerant cylinder with red hose
(charging hose).
3. Connect the yellow float switch cable of the recovery device to the refrigerant cylinder.
4. Open the low pressure side valve of manifold gauge.
5. Slightly loosen the charging hose of in-let connecting side of recovery device and perform air purge.
6. Open the liquid valve of refrigerant cylinder and slightly loosen the charging hose in discharging side of recovery
device, and perform air purge (the recovery cylinder needs slight inside pressure).
7. Insert electric plug of recovery device into electrical outlet (the fan operation starts).
8. Turn the valve 1 and 2 of recovery device to pressure equalization point.
9. After a few seconds, turn back the valve 1 and 2 to the original position.
10. Turn the switch of the recovery device to “ON”. (the compressor operation starts)
11. When the low pressure of manifold gauge is close to “0”, close the low pressure side valve, turn “OFF” the
recovery device switch.
12. Remove the center charging hose of manifold gauge from the recovery device.

(Indoor unit) (Liquid side) (Outdoor unit)

Two-way valve
Close

(Gas side)

Three-way valve
Close
Lo Hi

Vacuum
Pump

67
13.6.3 Relocation
1. Removing the air conditioning unit
a) Recovery of outdoor unit refrigerant by pumping down
Press “forced cooling button” (as a general rule, since 1998 the name of cooling testing button is changed,
and this name is unified within the air conditioning industry), and then you are able to start cooling operation
in which the room temperature is low, and you can recover the refrigerant from the outdoor unit.

1. Check the valve stems of two-way and three-way valves are open by being turned to anti-clockwise
(Remove the caps, and confirm the bars are fully open. Use hexagon wrench <4 mm> to open and close
the valves).
2. Press the “Emergency Operation” button of the indoor units for five seconds and release [Forced cooling
operation] (for old models, press “forced cooling” button). Then, operate the air conditioning unit for about
10 minutes.
3. Turn the stem of the two-way valve to the clock-wise and close the valve.
4. After about 2 ~ 3 minutes, turn the stem of the three-way valve quickly to the clock-wise, and stop the
operation.

Caution: In the pump down operation, stop the compressor before removing the refrigerant pipes.

If you do not stop the compressor operation, and if the valve is open and remove the refrigerant pipes, the air
may be sucked into the system and causes extreme high temperature in the refrigerant cycle. This may result in
rupture or injury, etc.

5. Attach and tighten the caps of two-way and three-way valves with torque wrench.
6. Remove the connecting pipes (liquid side and gas side).

b) Removal of indoor and outdoor units

1. Remove the connecting pipes and wires between the indoor and outdoor units.
2. Attach capping flare nuts on the edges of the pipes, connecting the indoor and outdoor units, in order to
prevent dust and moisture get into the pipes.
3. Remove the indoor and outdoor units.

2. Unit installation
Use new refrigerant pipes for the installation, and perform air purging using vacuum pump and gas
leakage testing stated in 13.5.1.

13.6.4 Replacement of air conditioning units and evacuation (when re-using the existing
pipes)
When replacing the air conditioning units, you might use the existing pipes, but it is recommended to perform flaring
again. In case of unit replacement, even if the unit is new refrigerant air conditioner, if the refrigerant oil is different, it
may cause problem. Further, when re-using the existing refrigerant pipes, it is recommended to evacuate the pipes
as much as possible, due to the reason that much refrigerant oil may be attached on the surface of the pipes. If the
pipes are used without evacuation, the remaining refrigerant oil may cause under-performance and abnormal
refrigerant cycle caused by non-compatibility of those oils.

13.6.5 Inter-changeability of refrigerant

Do not operate air conditioning units inserting wrong (or mixed) refrigerant (R22, R410A, R32). It may cause mal-
function of the units, and at the same time, may cause serious incident such as rupture of the refrigerant cycle.

68
13.6.6 Re-insertion of refrigerant in service
When re-insertion is needed, follow the procedures to ensure the insertion of new refrigerant at correct amount.
1. Attach charging hose (blue) to the service port of the outdoor unit.
2. Attach charging hose (red) to the vacuum pump. Fully open the 2-way and 3-way valves.
3. Place the refrigerant cylinder on the digital scale for refrigerant charging and connect the charge hose (yellow) to
the connection port of the vacuum pump and the digital scale. Leave the cylinder valve fully open.
4. Fully open the handles Lo and Hi of the manifold gauge, and switch on the vacuum pump, and then perform
evacuation for at or more than one hour.
5. Confirm the compound gauge of -0.1 MPa (-76cmHg) and fully open the handles of Lo and Hi, and switch off the
vacuum pump. Leave it for about 1 ~ 2 minutes and confirm the needle of the compound gauge does not turn
back.
Refer to the picture below to follow the procedures below.
6. Remove the charging hose (red) of the manifold gauge from the vacuum pump adopter.
7. After adjusting the digital scale to zero, open the cylinder valve and the valve Lo of the manifold gauge, and
insert the refrigerant.
8. If it is not possible to insert the refrigerant at regulated amount at once, operate the cooling mode and gradually
insert the refrigerant (recommended amount approx. 150 g / 1 time)
*Do not insert much refrigerant at once.
9. Close the open/close valve and insert the refrigerant in the charging hose to the outdoor unit.
*Perform this procedure during operating cooling operation. Close the stem of the two-way valve, and when the
pressure of the manifold gauge becomes zero (0), quickly remove the charging hose (blue). Immediately open
the 2-way valve, and stop the cooling operation.
10. Final checking • • • Confirm the 2-way and 3-way valves are fully open.
Attach the caps of the service port and control valve, and then check the gas leakage around the caps.

(Indoor unit) (Liquid side) (Outdoor unit)

Open

Two-way
valve

(Gas side)

Vacuum pump
charging hose Open

Three-way
valve
Lo Hi
Vacuum
pump
adaptor

Vacuum
pump

Electronic scale

69
13.7 Repairing of refrigerant cycle / Brazing point
13.7.1 Preparation for repairing of refrigerant cycle / brazing
Brazing which is a technique needed for repairing refrigerant cycle requires advanced technique and experience, and
this brazing procedure can only be performed by the workers who completed “Gas Welding Skill Training” regulated
by the Occupational Safety and Health Act, and went through the training programs of refrigerant operations.
Dismantling and re-connecting (assembling) refrigerant system requires working space, and the space has to ensure
good air flow and fire prevention (water bucket and fire extinguisher). Moreover, the worker has to ensure the
wearing of goggles, grabs, safety shoes, and long sleeve shirts, and be aware of work safety and attempt to prevent
secondary defect (quality assurance of products). For brazing the indoor / outdoor unit structural components (heat
exchangers, compressors, expansion valves, four-way valve blocks), after the recovery of all refrigerant, confirm that
no refrigerant remains in the system, and fully open the 2-way and 3-way valves. When the brazing is conducted
outside, check and make sure no refrigerant is contained in the air (be careful with vaporized refrigerant).
Furthermore, protect the compressor terminal with metal plates, and heat but use wet clothes to cool down (releasing
the heat) the expansion valves, and four way valves (prevent destruction of parts). In brazing, it is important to pour
the brazing material without melting the base metal based on capillary action principle. In case of holes and oxidizing
caused by overheating, do not perform re-brazing or alteration but replace the parts.

13.7.2 Adjustment of vacuum pump pressure

1. Cylinder with adjustment handle
1. Check and confirm the adjustment handle of the 1st pressure adjuster is loosen (anticlockwise). If cylinder
valve is opened when the 1st gauge pressure adjust handle is closed, the 2nd gauge might get broken.

The primary gauge Main valve

(High pressure) Adjustment
Main valve handle

The secondary gauge

(Low pressure) Adjustment
handle The secondary gauge
(Low pressure)

Oxygen regulator
Propane regulator

2. Open the cylinder valve, and check the remaining amount with the first t side pressure gauge.
3. Check the pressure of 2nd gauge and turn the adjustment handle to clock-wise direction to adjust the
pressure.
◎ Oxygen 2nd side gauge pressure・・・・・・・・・・0.5 MPa (5.0 kgf / cm2)
◎ Propane 2nd side gauge pressure・・・・・・・0.05 MPa (0.5 kgf / cm2)

70
2. Cylinder without adjustment valve
2nd side gauge pressure is adjusted by the adjuster.
Check the both side valves of the torch and open the cylinder valve to check the remaining refrigerant in the
cylinder.
Caution: Do not attach oil component on the connection port of the adjuster.
Especially, use an oxygen cylinder adjuster which is no oil substance type. Do not dismantle or repair the
adjuster and pressure gauge.

Main valve Fuel gauge

Fuel gauge 0~25 MPa
0~3 MPa (0~250 kgf / cm²)
(0~30 kgf / cm²)

Main valve
Regulator

Regulator Oxygen tank

(Black)

Propane tank Black hose

(Gray)
Orange hose

13.7.3 Checking of gas provision

Checking there is no fire around the torch, and then confirm the provision of gas.
1. Slightly open the “propane valve” of the torch, and make sure the gas comes out from the torch crater and then
close the “propane valve”.
2. Slightly open the “oxygen valve” of the torch and make sure the gas comes out from the torch crater and then
close the “oxygen valve”.
Check there is no gas leakage around the hose connection.

13.7.4 Adjustment of flame

1. Slightly open the “propane valve” of the torch and lit with spark lighter.
This moment, the flame is only by propane and the color is red.
2. Gradually open the “oxygen valve” of the torch to mix oxygen, and adjust the amount of propane and oxygen with
the valve to make the flame suitable for brazing work.
If the white core flame splits into two, the torch crater might be clogged. In this case, remove the crater from the
torch and check.

Oxygen (Black hose)

Oxygen valve

Propane valve Propane (Orange hose)

Nozzle

71
13.7.5 Types of flame
Types of flame change based on the proportion of propane and oxygen.
[Neutral Flame]
Perform brazing with this flame
(This is a flame when oxygen and propane are mixed at proper proportion, and has lesser effect on the brazed
metals)

White core flame

10 ~ 15 mm
Outer flame (Light orange color)

[Carbide Flame]
When propane is excessive, the flame has white color flame in between the white core flame and outer flame.
(This is due to the lack of oxygen and the proportion of unburned propane is excessive.
The black carbon created during the brazing work may contaminate the surface of the brazed metal).

White core flame

Pale white
Outer flame (Blue color)

[Oxidizing Flame]
Oxygen is more compared to the neutral flame. Although the flame size is small, this has the highest flame heat.
However, due to the excessive oxygen contained in the flame, the brazing point gets oxidized. (This flame may cause
holes, due to the high heat. The pipe may get melt)

White core flame

Outer flame (Blue orange color)

13.7.6 Closing the flame

[In case of short break]
1. Close the “propane valve” of the torch.
2. Close the “oxygen valve” of the torch.
[In case of finishing work]
1. As above, close the flame following the procedure of “In case of short break”.
2. Completely close the valves of oxygen and propane cylinders.
3. Release the remaining gas inside the hose by opening the “oxygen valve” and “propane valve” of the torch.
Confirm the 1st and 2nd side gauge pressures of “oxygen” and “propane” cylinder pressure adopter are “zero”.

72
13.7.7 Selection of brazing material
Use BAg brazing material (silver solder) to increase the welding performance.

Tensile strength
JIS Composition of ingredients (%) Temperature (°C) Characteristics
(Reference)
Category Standard and
Brazing 2 Base
Number Ag Cu Zu Cd Ni P Solidus Liquidus Kgf•cm applications
temp material
Liquidity is good at
low temperature,
49.0 14.5 14.5 17.0 635
approx. approx. 45.5 it is preferable to
BAg • 1A ~ ~ ~ ~ — — ~ S20C
625 635 a small junction of
51.0 16.5 18.5 19.0 760
the gap in the
universal form.
It has similar
performance to the
44.0 14.0 14.0 23.0 620 BAg • 1A, and
approx. approx.
BAg • 1 ~ ~ ~ ~ — — ~ 45.5 S20C suitable for every
605 620
56.0 16.0 18.0 25.0 760 base material
except the light
weight metal.
It is a brazing
BAg
filler metal in
34.0 25.0 19.0 17.0 700
approx. approx. universal form,
BAg • 2 ~ ~ ~ ~ — — ~ 45.5 S20C
605 700 suitable for a
36.0 27.0 23.0 19.0 845
slightly larger gap
junction.
It has good
corrosion
resistance in
48.0 14.5 13.5 15.0 2.5 690 35 SS stainless
approx. approx.
BAg • 3 ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ — ~ ~ ~ steel-based
630 690
51.0 16.5 17.5 17.0 3.5 815 70 SUS brazing, suitable for
brazing tungsten
carbide, aluminum
bronze and copper.
6.8 690 21 Good liquidity,
approx. approx.
BCuP-2 — remain — — — ~ ~ ~ Cu suitable for brazing
710 785
7.5 815 24.5 copper tube.
Suitable for brazing
4.8 5.8 720 21
approx. approx. when the joint
BCuP-3 ~ remain — — — ~ ~ ~ Cu
645 815 spacing is not
5.2 6.7 815 24.5
BCuP constant
When brazing of
copper and copper,
14.5 4.8 705 21
approx. approx. it is used without a
BCuP-5 ~ remain — — — ~ ~ ~ Cu
645 800 flux, but not
15.5 5.3 815 24.5
possible for brazing
basic materials

Caution
BCuP (phosphorus copper wax) is easy to react with sulfur, and makes a brittle compound water soluble, and causes
gas leakage. In hot spring areas, use other brazing materials or paint the surface for protection.

13.7.8 Need of flux

Use flux to protect the base materials.
1. Remove impurity and oxide film on the metal base, and improve the flow of the brazing material.
2. Prevent oxidation of the metal surface in brazing.
3. Reduce the surface tension of the brazing material.

13.7.9 Need of nitrogen gas

In order to prevent oxidation in the pipe, perform the brazing operation in nitrogen gas flow.
Flow rate 0.05 m3 / h, or pressure reducing valve at 0.02 MPa (0.2kgf / cm2) below.

73
13.7.10 Checking of brazing (insert) points
1. No impurity on the brazing point Gap 0.025 ~ 0.05 mm
If dirt or oil is attached on the brazing point, the
brazing filler metal does not reach to junction, and Inner diameter ø6.45
it may cause poor welding.

2. Adequate gap space in the brazing point

The advantage of capillary current situation is
used in brazing. If the gap space is too large, this
phenomenon may not occur and it may cause Insert diameter 10 ~ 25 mm
poor welding because brazing filler metal does not
flow to join the front part. Outer diameter ø6.35

3. Appropriate size for insertion Brazing material

The guideline for pipe insertion dimensions is to (Runny)
three times the diameter of the base material, but
you need to decide the insertion size in
consideration of the clogging of the brazing
material. Generally, for thin pipes, you need to Brazing material
increase the insert size, and for thick pipe vice (Hard to flow)
versa.

Dryer
4. Brazing material to flow from top to bottom 120°
Brazing filler metal will easily flow to the
connecting portion by capillary action.
Further, by bending the brazing portion of [dryer
side] of the capillary tube at 15 mm from the tube Capillary
top to the angle of about 120°, you can prevent tube
the damage of dryer inside and the clogging of
brazing material caused by the excessive insertion 15 mm Filter
of capillary tube. (Wire mesh)

13.7.11 Brazing and heating

1. Place the flame to a pipe which has more heat
capacity in order to let the brazing material melt by Brazing
the pipe heat. Heat the pipe up to the melting material
temperature of the brazing material, but when it is Burner Burner
overheating, assess the temperature by pipe color Brazing
material
in order not to melt the pipe.

The pre-heating is to heat the base material until the melting temperature, and requires certain training to distinguish
the color of the heated base material in order not to melt the material.
The color and temperature of copper tube
 Becoming red color • • • • • • • 480°C
 Dull red • • • • • • • 650°C
 Cherish red • • • • • • • 760°C
 Brightening cherish red • • • • • • • 870°C

74
(Reference)
Melting temperature of copper • • • • • • • Approx. 1083°C
Maximum temperature obtained in propane and oxygen • • • • • • • Approx. 1083°C
The important point is to heat the bonding part uniformly within a short period of time until reaching to the brazing
temperature in the following manner.
2. Apply the flame on to the side with better heat transmission. If the pipe thickness is consistent, by heating like
30% iron and 70% copper, the copper pipe inside reaches to brazing temperature.
Iron pipes have low heat transmission and only the part the flame is applied get high temperature, and this
causes oxidization of the pipe. The flow of the brazing filler is affected negatively.

3. Apply the flame on to the side of larger heat

capacity.
When brazing a thin tubes such as capillary tube
and dryer, etc., caution has to be taken to apply
the flame to the dryer side (thick pipe side), in
order to prevent burn out by the heat.

4. When brazing the compressor connection pipes

(suction and discharge), remove the sound
insulation plate and the fan, and place the
compressor stand vertically (to prevent the
leakage of compressor refrigerating machine oil),
and apply the flame from the compressor body
side.

13.7.12 Terminologies of brazing

Pin holes → Small holes are generated on the surface of the brazing metal.
Wet temperature → Liquidus temperature at which the brazing material starts flowing out by heating, generally it is
the liquidus-line temperature.
Blow holes → Hollows made by gas in the brazing material of brazing portion (gas reservoirs).
Pits → As a result of blow holes, small dents generated on the outside surface of welding.
Voids → The blazing material does not reach completely to the brazing part. It cannot be identified from outside.

75
13.8 <Reference> Analysis method for no error code, no cooling / no
warming
13.8.1 Preparation for appropriate diagnosis
In order to obtain appropriate operation characteristics, minimum 15 minutes or more operation time [testing
operation (rated operation)] is required.
1. Method of rated operation (rated operation)
For the models which have two buttons of “emergency operation and forced cooling operation”, press forced
cooling button once. For the models which have only emergency operation button, press the button once for
5 seconds and when hear “beep” sound, release the button. Then, cooling operation starts.
2. Checking the mal-functions of indoor / outdoor units
1) Any obstacles against heat release and air suction? (short circuit)
(Forget to remove the outdoor unit cover or fallen leaves blocking the outdoor unit)
2) Are the indoor unit air filters clean? (obstructing heat suction)
3) Is the setting temperature on the remote controller correct? (is the setting temperature set at lower/higher
than the room temperature?)

13.8.2 Understanding and verification of refrigerant cycle

「Indoor」 「Outdoor」
Low temp /
Liquid side Low pressure Expansion
Low liquid valve Mid temp /
temp/ 2-way High pressure
Pressure valve Liquid
liquid Mid temp / Mid temp / Low temp /
high pressure High temp Low pressure
liquid liquid Liquid Outdoor temp
Suction temp Capillary tube

Heat exchanger
temp
Heat exchanger

Heat exchanger
Evaporator
（EVA） (Cooling Heating )
Condenser FM Fan
（COND）

Fan
4-way
High temp / valve
(Heating)
Gas pressure 2.2～ 3.0MPa High pressure
High temp / high Air Low temp / Heat exchanger
pressure Low pressure temp
Air Gas side Air
High temp
Low temp 3-way High pressure
Low temp /
Low pressure valve Air
Low pressure
Air Release temp
(Cooling) Air
Gas pressure 0.9～1.2MPa
Indoor unit Temp difference
Suction temp ＜Cooling＞ ８ or more
Release temp ＜Heating＞ １４ or more Compressor
＊Measured after 15 mins with strong （COMP）
fan operation

76
1. Measuring temperature
1) Indoor unit suction temperature, release temperature, temperature difference, → Measure by thermometer
2) 2-way valve pipe temperature in cooling mode is low temperature (benchmark：5 ~ 10°C), in heating mode
is medium temperature (benchmark：25 ~ 35°C).
3) 3-way valve pipe temperature in cooling mode is low temperature (benchmark：7 ~ 15°C) in heating mode is
high temperature (benchmark：38 ~ 50°C).
2. Measuring electric current
 Measuring electric current in operation → check by clump meter (refer to table of technical characteristic
guideline)
3. Meauring pressure
 Measuring gas pressure → check the pressure by manifold gauge (refer to table of technical characteristic
guideline)
4. Any sound from the expansion valve?
(when starting the operation and the outdoor unit is turned on, the expansion valve is re-set, check if there is any
edged sound or clack sound)

13.8.3 Guidance for diagnosis of refrigerant cycle

Comparison with Cooling mode
normal operation High Low
Excess insertion of refrigerant Clogged capillary, expansion valve malfunction
Refrigerant Heat releasing obstruction Clog by moisture
pressure Dirty condenser, attachment of impurity Lack of refrigerant gas
Compressor malfunction
Excess insertion of refrigerant Lack of refrigerant gas
Operation electric Heat releasing obstruction Compressor malfunction
current Dirty condenser, impurity Mixture of air
(Insufficient evacuation)
2-way valve Excess insertion of refrigerant Clogged capillary, expansion valve malfunction
temperature Compressor malfunction Lack of refrigerant gas
3-way valve Lack of refrigerant gas • Compressor malfunction Excess insertion of refrigerant
temperature Clogged capillary, expansion valve malfunction

Temperature difference at or less than 8°C in cooling operation • • • Causes

Suction
• Heat releasing obstruction • Dirty condenser • Attachment of impurity
temperature
& • Lack of refrigerant gas • Excess insertion of refrigerant
Release air
• Mixture of air • Mixture of moisture
temperature
• Clogged capillary • Expansion valve malfunction • Compressor malfunction

◎ Above all are based on the condition that the installation work is properly performed (no issues in indoor / outdoor
pipe connections, etc.)

77
14. Operation Control
14.1 Basic Function
Inverter control, which equipped with a microcomputer in determining the most suitable operating mode as time
passes, automatically adjusts output power for maximum comfort always. In order to achieve the suitable operating
mode, the microcomputer maintains the set temperature by measuring the temperature of the environment and
performing temperature shifting. The compressor at outdoor unit is operating following the frequency instructed by
the microcomputer at indoor unit that judging the condition according to internal setting temperature and intake air
temperature.

14.1.1 Internal Setting Temperature

Once the operation starts, remote control setting temperature will be taken as base value for temperature shifting
processes. These shifting processes are depending on the air conditioner settings and the operation environment.
The final shifted value will be used as internal setting temperature and it is updated continuously whenever the
electrical power is supplied to the unit.

Remote Control Setting Temperature

16.0°C ~ 30.0°C

Auto Operation Mode Shifting

Indoor Air Temperature Shifting

Outdoor Air Temperature Shifting

Powerful Mode Shifting

Setting Temperature Limit Checking

(Min: 16.0°C; Max: 33.0°C)

Internal Setting Temperature

14.1.2 Cooling Operation

[Link] Thermostat control

 Compressor is OFF when Intake Air Temperature - Internal Setting Temperature < -1.5°C continue for 3 minutes.
 When compressor is OFF (Thermostat OFF) and AUTO FAN is set, the fan will stop periodically.
 Compressor is ON after waiting for 3 minutes, if the Intake Air Temperature - Internal Setting Temperature >
Compressor OFF point.

14.1.3 Soft Dry Operation

[Link] Thermostat control

 Compressor is OFF when Intake Air Temperature - Internal Setting Temperature < -2.0°C continue for 3 minutes.
 When compressor is OFF (Thermostat OFF) and AUTO FAN is set, the fan will stop periodically.
 Compressor is ON after waiting for 3 minutes, if the Intake Air Temperature - Internal Setting Temperature >
Compressor OFF point.

14.1.4 Heating Operation

[Link] Thermostat control

 Compressor is OFF when Intake Air Temperature - Internal Setting Temperature > +2.0°C continue for 3 minutes.
 Compressor is ON after waiting for 3 minutes, if the Intake Air Temperature - Internal Setting Temperature <
Compressor OFF point.

78
14.1.5 Automatic Operation
 This mode can be set using remote control and the operation is decided by remote control setting temperature,
remote control operation mode and indoor intake air temperature.
 During operation mode judgment, indoor fan motor (with speed of Lo-) is running for 30 seconds to detect the
indoor intake air temperature.
 Every 10 minutes, the indoor temperature is judged.
 For the 1st judgment
o If indoor intake temperature - remote control setting temperature ≥ 2.0°C, COOL mode is decided.
o If -2.0°C ≤ indoor intake temperature - remote control setting temperature < 2.0°C, DRY mode is decided.
o If indoor intake temperature - remote control setting temperature < -2.0°C, HEAT mode is decided.

Heat Dry Cool

-6.0 -5.0 -4.0 -3.0 -2.0 -1.0 0.0 1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0 5.0 6.0

 For the 2nd judgment onwards

o If indoor intake temperature - remote control setting temperature ≥ 3.0°C, if previous operate in DRY mode,
then continue in DRY mode, otherwise COOL mode is decided.
o If -2.0°C ≤ indoor intake temperature - remote control setting temperature < 3.0°C, maintain with previous
mode.
o If indoor intake temperature - remote control setting temperature < -2.0°C, HEAT mode is decided.

Maintain Cool
current mode /Dry
Heat

-6.0 -5.0 -4.0 -3.0 -2.0 -1.0 0.0 1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0 5.0 6.0

14.2 Indoor Fan Motor Operation

14.2.1 Basic Rotation Speed (rpm)
A. Basic Rotation Speed (rpm)
i. Manual Fan Speed
[Cooling, Dry]
 Fan motor’s number of rotation is determined according to remote control setting.

Remote control ○ ○ ○ ○ ○
Tab Hi Me+ Me Me- Lo

[Heating]
 Fan motor’s number of rotation is determined according to remote control setting.

Remote control ○ ○ ○ ○ ○
Tab SHi Me+ Me Me- Lo

ii Auto Fan Speed

[Cooling, Dry]
 According to room temperature and setting temperature, indoor fan speed is determined automatically.
 When set temperature is not achieved, the indoor fan will operate according to pattern below.

 When set temperature achieved, the indoor fan speed will be fixed. When thermostat off, the fan stop periodically.

79
[Heating]
 According to indoor pipe temperature, automatic heating fan speed is determined as follows.

B. Feedback control
 Immediately after the fan motor started, feedback control is performed once every second.
 During fan motor on, if fan motor feedback ≥ 2550 rpm or < 50 rpm continue for 10 seconds, then fan motor error
counter increase, fan motor is then stop and restart. If the fan motor counter becomes 7 times, then H19 - fan
motor error is detected. Operation stops and cannot on back.

14.3 Outdoor Fan Motor Operation

 It starts when compressor starts operation and it stops 30 seconds after compressor stops operation.

 During cooling operation, and outdoor ambient temperature is below 8°C, outdoor fan speed will be controlled
according to outdoor piping temperature as following:

OD Pipe Temperature
A 26°C
B 33°C

 During above condition, when indoor heat exchanger temperature is below 5°C, the outdoor fan will stop
according to outdoor piping temperature as following:

80
14.4 Airflow Direction
 There are two types of airflow, vertical airflow (directed by horizontal vane) and horizontal airflow (directed by
vertical vanes).
 Control of airflow direction can be automatic (angles of direction is determined by operation mode, heat
exchanger temperature and intake air temperature) and manual (angles of direction can be adjusted using
remote control).

14.4.1 Vertical Airflow

Z20/25/35/42VK & XZ20/25/35VK

Inner Vane Angle (°) Outer Vane Angle (°)
Operation Mode Airflow Direction
1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5
Auto 110 ~ 65 50 ~ 85
Cooling
Manual 110 110 90 70 65 53 62 72 83 85
Auto 110 ~ 65 50 ~ 85
Soft Dry
Manual 110 110 90 70 65 53 62 72 83 85
A 110 50
Auto B 90 83
Heating
C 110 62
Manual 110 110 100 90 80 53 62 72 83 90

Z50/71VK & XZ50VK

Inner Vane Angle (°) Outer Vane Angle (°)
Operation Mode Airflow Direction
1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5
Auto 140 ~ 90 47 ~ 75
Cooling
Manual 140 135 120 105 90 47 58 64 69 75
Auto 140 ~ 90 47 ~ 75
Soft Dry
Manual 140 135 120 105 90 47 58 64 69 75
A 140 50
Auto B 90 78
Heating
C 135 58
Manual 140 135 112 90 80 50 58 69 78 90

1. Automatic vertical airflow direction can be set using remote control; the vane swings up and down within the
angles as stated above. For heating mode operation, the angle of the vane depends on the indoor heat
exchanger temperature as Figure 1 below. It does not swing during fan motor stop. When the air conditioner is
stopped using remote control, the vane will shift to close position.
2. Manual vertical airflow direction can be set using remote control; the angles of the vane are as stated above and
the positions of the vane are as Figure 2 below. When the air conditioner is stopped using remote control, the
vane will shift to close position.

C
58°C

50°C
B

37°C
A 30°C

Indoor Heat
Exchanger Temperature

Figure 1

81
 Side View (Inner Vane)

Reference point 128º (Z20/25/35/42VK & XZ20/25/35VK)

148º (Z50/71VK & XZ50VK)

Step 1

Stopper
Step 2

Step 3 Closed
Position

Step 4

Step 5

Side View (Outer Vane)

Closed Stopper
Position
156º (Z20/25/35/42VK & XZ20/25/35VK)
101º (Z50/71VK & XZ50VK)

Reference point

Step 1

Step 2

Step 3

Step 4

Step 5

Figure 2

* The horizontal vane angle tolerance is within +/- 5 degree.

82
14.4.2 Horizontal Airflow
 Automatic horizontal airflow direction can be set using remote control; the vane swings left and right within the
angles as stated below. For heating mode operation, the angle of the vane depends on the indoor heat
exchanger temperature as Figure 1 below. It does not swing during fan motor stop.

Operation Mode Vane Angle (°)

A 65 ~115
Heating, with heat exchanger temperature
B 90
Cooling and soft dry 65 ~115

 Manual horizontal airflow direction can be set using remote control; the angles of the vane are as stated below
and the positions of the vane are as Figure 2 above.

Pattern 1 2 3 4 5
Airflow Direction
Patterns at Remote
Control
Vane Angle (°) 90 65 77.5 102.5 115

* The vertical vane angle tolerance is within +/- 5 degree.

83
14.5 Quiet Operation (Cooling Mode/Cooling Area of Dry Mode)
 Purpose
o To provide quiet cooling operation compare to normal operation.

 Control condition
o Quiet operation start condition
 When “POWERFUL/QUIET” button at remote control is pressed twice.
QUIET will be shown on remote control display.

o Quiet operation stop condition

 When one of the following conditions is satisfied, quiet operation stops:
 POWERFUL/QUIET button is pressed again.
 Stop by OFF/ON switch.
 Timer “off” activates.
 Mild Dry Cooling button is pressed.
 FAN SPEED button is pressed.
 When quiet operation is stopped, operation is shifted to normal operation with previous setting.
 When operation mode is changed, quiet operation is shifted to quiet operation of the new mode.
 During quiet operation, if timer “on” activates, quiet operation maintains.
 After off, when on back, quiet operation is not memorised.

 Control contents
o Fan speed is changed to Lo-.

14.6 Quiet Operation (Heating)

 Purpose
o To provide quiet heating operation compare to normal operation.

 Control condition
o Quiet operation start condition
 When “POWERFUL/QUIET” button at remote control is pressed twice.
QUIET will be shown on remote control display.

o Quiet operation stop condition

 When one of the following conditions is satisfied, quiet operation stops:
 POWERFUL/QUIET button is pressed again.
 Stop by OFF/ON switch.
 Timer “off” activates.
 Mild Dry Cooling button is pressed.
 FAN SPEED button is pressed.
 When quiet operation is stopped, operation is shifted to normal operation with previous setting.
 When operation mode is changed, quiet operation is shifted to quiet operation of the new mode, except
fan mode only.
 During quiet operation, if timer “on” activates, quiet operation maintains.
 After off, when on back, quiet operation is not memorised.

 Control contents
o Fan speed manual
 Fan speed is changed to Lo-.
o Fan Speed Auto
 Fan speed is changed to Lo-.

14.7 Powerful Mode Operation

 When the powerful mode is selected, the internal setting temperature will shift lower up to 2.0°C (for Cooling/Soft
Dry) or higher up to 3.5°C (for Heating) than remote control setting temperature for 20 minutes to achieve the
setting temperature quickly.

84
14.8 Timer Control
 There are 2 sets of ON and OFF timer available to turn the unit ON or OFF at different preset time.
 If more than one timer had been set, the upcoming timer will be displayed and will activate in sequence.

14.8.1 ON Timer Control

 ON timer 1 and ON timer 2 can be set using remote control, the unit with timer set will start operate earlier than
the setting time.
This is to provide a comfortable environment when reaching the set ON time.
 60 minutes before the set time, indoor (at fan speed of Lo-) and outdoor fan motor start operate for 30 seconds to
determine the indoor intake air temperature and outdoor air temperature in order to judge the operation starting
time.
 From the above judgment, the decided operation will start operate earlier than the set time as shown below.

14.8.2 OFF Timer Control

OFF timer 1 and OFF timer 2 can be set using remote control, the unit with timer set will stop operate at set time.

14.9 Sleep Mode Operation

This operation provide comfortable environment while sleeping. It will automatically adjust the sleep pattern
temperature during the activation period.

SLEEP
(Cancel)

This operation is incorporated with the activation

timer (0.5, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8 or 9 hours).

Start Condition:

 Sleep button on remote controller is pressed.

 Select OFF timer: 0.5, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 hours.

Control content:

 Sleep function maximum running hour is 9 hours.

 When Sleep off timer running out, unit will automatically OFF.
 When unit resume from power failure, Sleep function will not resume.
 Sleep operation can be set together with Timer operation. Sleep operation has priority over OFF Timer.
 Indicator shall be dimmed when this operation is activated.

85
Control pattern:

 Cooling mode

Normal Sleep Function activated Unit Off

Setting +1°C
Temperature -2°C +1°C
+1°C

60 60 60 120 120 120

minutes minutes minutes minutes minutes minutes

Setting Set Speed Set Speed Set Speed Set Speed Set Speed
Fan Speed

0.5 hr
1.0 hr

Selection of 2.0 hr
OFF Timer 3.0 hr
by SLEEP 4.0 hr
5.0 hr
6.0 hr
7.0 hr
8.0 hr
9.0 hr

SLEEP
End of
is pressed Function
(ON)

 Heating mode

Normal Sleep Timer Activated

Set Temp
-1°C
1 Hr

Max 9 Hrs

 Sleep operation will not undergo temperature shift when it collaborate with below operation. However, it will
execute the delay timer.
o Powerful mode operation
o Quiet mode operation
o Mild dry operation

Stop Condition:

 When sleep operation is cancel by pressing respective button until sleep timer reaches 0.0h.
 ON/OFF button is pressed.
 When sleep operation ends.

14.10 Auto Restart Control

 When the power supply is cut off during the operation of air conditioner, the compressor will re-operate within
three to four minutes (there are 10 patterns between 2 minutes 58 seconds and 3 minutes 52 seconds to be
selected randomly) after power supply resumes.
 This type of control is not applicable during ON/OFF Timer setting.
 This control can be omitted by open the circuit of JP1 at indoor unit printed circuit board.

86
14.11 Indication Panel
LED POWER TIMER nanoe X
Color White White White White
Wireless LAN Mode
Light ON Operation ON Timer Setting ON nanoe ON
ON
Wireless LAN Mode
Light OFF Operation OFF Timer Setting OFF nanoe OFF
OFF

Note:
 If POWER LED is blinking, the possible operation of the unit are Hot Start, during Deice operation, operation
mode judgment, or ON timer sampling.
 If Timer LED is blinking, there is an abnormality operation occurs.

14.12 nanoeTM X Operation

 Generate nanoeTM X (water wrapped ion particle) to moisturize skin, provide deodorization & sterilization effect.

 nanoeTM X operation start condition

o During unit running at any operation mode, if nanoeTM X operation is activated, combination operation
(operation mode + nanoeTM X operation) starts.
o During unit is OFF, if nanoeTM X operation is activated, nanoeTM X individual operation starts.

 nanoeTM X operation stop condition

o When OFF/ON button is pressed to stop the operation.
o When nanoeTM X button is pressed.
o When OFF Timer activates.

 nanoeTM X operation pause condition

o When indoor fan stop (during deice, odor cut control, thermostat off, etc.). nanoeTM X operation resume after
indoor fan restarts.
o When indoor intake temperature ≥ 35°C and ≤ 5°C. nanoeTM X operation resume after indoor intake
temperature < 35°C or ≥ 5°C continuously for 6 minutes.

 Indoor fan control

o During any operation mode combines with nanoeTM X operation, fan speed follows respective operation
mode. However, nanoeTM X system enabled when fan speed ≥ 360 rpm to ensure proper negative ion
distribution, nanoeTM X system disabled when fan speed < 360 rpm.
o During nanoeTM X individual operation, fan speed follow remote control setting. Auto Fan Speed for
nanoeTM X individual operation is cooling medium fan. Powerful & Quiet is disabled during nanoeTM X.

 Airflow direction control

o During any operation mode combines with nanoeTM X operation, airflow direction follows respective operation
mode.
o During nanoeTM X individual operation, Air Swing follow remote control setting.

 Timer control
o When ON Timer activates when unit stops, previous operation resumes and restored last saved nanoeTM X
operation status.
o When ON Timer activates during any operation, no change on current operation.
o When OFF Timer activates during any operation, all operation stops and the latest nanoeTM X operation
status is saved.

 Indicator
o When nanoeTM X starts, nanoeTM X indicator ON.

 Remote control receiving sound

o Normal Operation  nanoeTM X Operation : Beep
o nanoeTM X Operation  Normal Operation : Beep
o Stop  nanoeTM X individual Operation : Beep
o nanoeTM X individual Operation  Stop : Long Beep

87
 Power failure
o During nanoeTM X individual operation, if power failure occurs, after power resumes, nanoeTM X individual
operation resumes immediately.
o During combination operation, if power failure occurs, after power resumes, combination operation resume
immediately.

 nanoeTM X check mode

o To enable nanoeTM X check mode, during nanoeTM X operation ON:

Normal display mode

Press SW (t ≥ 0 secs)

When SW pressed continuously for t ≥ 5 secs to enter service zone

and press SW’s to choose function 57

SET

Transmit
“NANOE™ X CHECK” code

o During nanoeTM X check mode, H67 is judged when disconnection detected. Timer LED blinks.

 nanoeTM X Abnormal Detection

o Disconnection Abnormality
 Abnormal detection condition
 Start from 1 sec after nanoeTM X power ON, 6 secs has passed and in this 6 secs period, abnormal
signal is detected continuously for 5.9 secs.
 Action after abnormal detection condition fulfilled
 Disconnection counters +1, nanoeTM X power OFF for 5 minutes and then restart. However,
according to action mode and disconnection counter, below will be implemented:
o During nanoeTM X Check Mode: Disconnection abnormality will judged when disconnection
counter ≥ 1. Abnormal code: H67 will memorized in EEPROM, Timer LED blinking and
nanoeTM X LED Off.
o Other Than Above: Disconnection abnormality will judged when disconnection counter ≥ 3.
Abnormal code: H67 will memorized in EEPROM and nanoeTM X LED OFF, Timer LED not
blinking.
 Disconnection counters clear condition >
 Disconnection counter will be cleared when operation stop. (Not nanoeTM X Check Mode)

o nanoeTM X Discharge Abnormality

 Abnormal detection condition
 After 30 minutes nanoeTM X power ON, abnormal signal is being detected continuously for 5s.
 Action after abnormal detection condition fulfilled
 Abnormal discharge counter +1, nanoeTM X power OFF for 30 minutes and then restart. When
abnormal discharge counter ≥ 12, abnormal code: H67 in analyze area (Area where abnormal code
not displayed) will be memorized.
 Abnormal discharge counters clear condition
 Discharge counter will be cleared when operation become normal for 50 mins above or when
operations stop.

88
14.13 Mild Dry Cooling Operation
 This operation helps to prevent decreases in room humidity while maintaining the setting temperature.
 During unit running at Cooling operation mode, if “Mild Dry Cooling” button is pressed, Mild Dry Cooling operation
starts and Mild Dry Cooling indicators turns ON at remote control display.
 Mild dry cooling operation is unavailable when the unit is operating Auto mode and Soft Dry model operation.
 Mild dry cooling operation is cancelled when the unit turned OFF, Mild Dry Cooling button is pressed again or
when the operation mode changed from Cooling to other mode.
 Powerful, Quiet and Mild Dry Cooling mode cannot function at the same time, the unit will follows the operation
according to the last signal received.
 During this operation, the compressor frequency changes according to operating condition to prevent room
humidity decreases and when AUTO AIR SWING is set, the vertical airflow direction fixed at lower limit position.

14.14 Wireless LAN Control

14.14.1 System Overview.

Items you need to prepare Download from app store

(purchase and subscribe separately)
Indoor Unit

Panasonic

Router Internet Smartphone Panasonic Comfort Cloud

Network
app (free)
Adaptor

 Requires the APP to work with a smartphone with Android 4.4 and above, or iOS 9 and above.
However, there is no guarantee that the APP will work well with all Android OS version.
 The Network Adaptor is designed specifically as a terminal for Panasonic Comfort Cloud app.
 The Wireless LAN network coverage must reach the air conditioner installation location.

Specification
Network Adaptor Wireless LAN Module (built-in)
Model DNSK-P11
Input Voltage DC 5V (From Air Conditioner Indoor Unit)
Current Consumption Tx/Rx max. 290/100 mA
Wireless LAN standard IEEE 802.11 b/g/n
Frequency range 2.4 GHz band
Encryption WPA2-PSK (TKIP/AES)

Precaution
 Do NOT disassemble or alter this Network Adaptor in any way.
 Do NOT remove this Network Adaptor from the appliance product’s during operations.
 Data transmitted and received over radio waves may be intercepted and monitored.

Maximum radio-frequency power transmitted in the frequency bands

Type of wireless Frequency band Max. EIRP (dBm)
WLAN 2412 - 2472 MHz 20 dBm

14.14.2 Connecting Network

 Press to communicate with the home wireless LAN access point.

 Wireless LAN LED blinks to indicate the connection status to home access point.

Fast blink The unit is establishing the connection.

Slow blink The unit is not securing the connection.
No blink (stays on) The unit is has established the connection.

 It can establish the connection to the unit even If the unit turned OFF.

89
14.14.3 Application Installation

For Android user (Android 4.4 and above) For iOS user (iOS 9 and above)
GET IT ON Download on the

 Open Google Play

.  Open App Store
.
 Search for Panasonic Comfort Cloud app.  Search for Panasonic Comfort Cloud app.
 Download and install.  Download and install.

Note
 The app user interface image may change for version upgrade without notification.
 There is no charge for using this application. However, other charges may be incurred for connection and
operation.

14.14.4 To Disconnect Wireless LAN (Off Wireless LAN LED)

 Press and release one time at the Remote Control Wireless LAN button and the LED will turn off. (LED ON ->
LED OFF).

14.14.5 To Delete Wireless LAN Information

 If Wireless LAN is off (LED is Off), turn on Wireless LAN first by press and release one time the Wireless LAN
button. (LED OFF -> LED ON).
 Push Wireless LAN button for 5 seconds.
 In the Remote Control Operation select “5” and push for 3 seconds.
 Initilization is finish and Wireless LAN LED will off automatically.

14.14.6 To Check Wireless LAN Signal Strength

 Confirm the air conditioner operation is stopped and press the Wireless LAN button for 5 seconds.
 Select “4” in the remocon then press set button and operation stops.
 After 5 seconds, the signal strength is shown on the indoor unit Wireless LAN LED.
Strong Signal: Blink 3 times with an interval.
Moderate Signal: Blink 2 times with an interval.
Weak Signal: Blink once with an interval.
No Signal: OFF.
 It will stop automatically after 10 minutes. To stop immediately, press Wireless LAN button.

14.14.7 Wireless LAN Failure Diagnosis

[Link] Between ID Micon and Wireless LAN Module Failure Detect Condition

 When module and ID micon (CN-LAN) communication is following below condition.

o No response against sending data.

o Reply error against sending data.
o Regularly sending from AC unit (Every 1 minutes).

 Either one from above condition occur, detection will start.

 If for certain time there is no communication and retry is implemented 3 times continuously confirm the error by
following below table.
 When failure diagnosis H85 occur.

Wireless LAN LED Timer LED

When error condition check Light up No light
When retry Light up No light
After confirm failure No light Blinking

90
 Cancel Condition: From the module the reply data or the regularly sending data (normal data) is recognized by ID
micon.

Wireless LAN LED Timer LED

When failure canceled Light up No light

 Failure communication parameter setting.

H85 communication error: time/retry counter 10 min/3 count

Wireless LAN disconnection judgment time 300 sec

14.14.8 Between ID AC and Broadband Router Failure Detect Condition

 Detect condition: Communication with router is interrupted.
 Confirm condition: The interrupted condition continue more than 5 minutes and retry is implemented.
 After confirm the failure operation: Not H85 error display and Wireless LAN LED is blinking.
 Cancel condition: Communication is return between Wireless LAN router.
 After cancel, return to normal operation and Wireless LAN LED is light up.

91
15. Operation Control (For Multi Split Connection)
During multi split connection, indoor unit’s operation controls are same with single split connection unless specified in
this chapter.

15.1 Cooling operation

15.1.1 Thermostat control
 Capability supply to indoor unit is OFF (Expansion valve closed) when Intake Air Temperature — Internal setting
temperature < -2.0°C.
 Capability resume supply to indoor unit after waiting for 3 minutes, if the Intake Air temperature — Internal setting
temperature > Capability supply OFF point.

15.2 Soft Dry Operation

15.2.1 Thermostat control
 Capability supply to indoor unit is OFF (Expansion valve closed) when Intake Air Temperature — Internal setting
temperature < -3.0°C.
 Capability resume to indoor unit after waiting for 3 minutes, if the Intake Air temperature — Internal setting
temperature > Capability supply OFF point.

15.3 Heating Operation

15.3.1 Thermostat control
 Capability supply to indoor unit is OFF (Expansion valve closed) when Intake Air Temperature — Internal setting
temperature > +1.0°C.
 During this condition, the indoor fan is stopped if compressor is ON.
 Capability resume supply to indoor unit after waiting for 3 minutes, if the Intake Air Temperature — Internal
setting temperature < Capability supply OFF point.

15.3.2 Temperature Sampling Control

 Temperature sampling is controlled by outdoor unit where room temperature for all power supply ON indoor unit
could be obtained.
 When capability supply to the indoor unit is OFF and the compressor is ON, the indoor fan motor is stopped.
During this condition, 15 seconds after sampling signal from outdoor unit is received, the indoor fan start
operation at low fan speed.
 However, within first 4 minutes of capability stopped supply to the indoor unit, even sampling signal is received,
the sampling control is cancelled.

92
15.4 Automatic Operation
 This mode can be set using remote control and the operation is decided by remote control setting temperature,
remote control operation mode, indoor intake and outdoor air temperature.
 During operation mode judgment, indoor fan motor (with speed of -Lo) and outdoor fan motor are running for
30 seconds to detect the indoor intake and outdoor air temperature. The operation mode is decided based on
below chart.

 Every 180 minutes, the indoor and outdoor temperature is judge. Based on remote control setting temperature,
the value of T1 will increase up to 10°C, T2 will decrease by 3°C and T3 will decrease up to 8°C.

15.5 Indoor Fan Motor Operation

15.5.1 Residual Heat Removal Control
 To prevent high pressure at indoor unit, when heating mode thermostat-off condition or power supply OFF,
indoor fan continue to operate at controlled fan speed for maximum 30 seconds then stop.

15.6 Powerful Mode Operation

 When the power mode is selected, the internal setting temperature will shift lower up to 4.0°C for Cooling/Soft
Dry or higher up to 6.0°C for heating than remote control setting temperature, the powerful operation continue
until user cancel the Powerful operation by pressing powerful button again.

15.7 Auto Restart Control

 When the power supply is cut off during the operation of air conditioner, the compressor will re-operate between
three to four minutes (10 patterns to be selected randomly) after power resume.
 During multi split connection, Indoor unit will resume previous mode, include unit standby mode.

15.8 Indication Panel

LED POWER TIMER nanoe X
Color White White White White
Wireless LAN Mode
Light ON Operation ON Timer Setting ON nanoe ON
ON
Wireless LAN Mode
Light OFF Operation OFF Timer Setting OFF nanoe OFF
OFF

Note:
 If POWER LED is blinking (0.5 seconds ON, 0.5 second OFF), the possible operation of the unit are during
Indoor Residual Heat Removal, Hot Start, during Deice operation, operation mode judgment, or ON timer
sampling.
 If POWER LED is blinking (2.5 seconds ON, 0.5 second OFF), the unit is in standby mode.
 If TIMER LED is blinking, there is an abnormality operation occurs.

15.9 Mild Dry Cooling Operation

 During multi split connection, Mild Dry Cooling Operation is disabled.

93
16. Protection Control
16.1 Protection Control for All Operations
16.1.1 Restart Control (Time Delay Safety Control)
 The Compressor will not turn on within 3 minutes from the moment operation stops, although the unit is turned on
again by pressing OFF/ON button at remote control within this period.
 This control is not applicable if the power supply is cut off and on again.
 This phenomenon is to balance the pressure inside the refrigerant cycle.

16.1.2 Total Running Current

1 When the outdoor unit total running current (AC) exceeds X value, the frequency instructed for compressor
operation will be decreased.
2 If the running current does not exceed X value for 5 seconds, the frequency instructed will be increased.
3 However, if total outdoor unit running current exceeds Y value, compressor will be stopped immediately for
3 minutes.

Model Z20VKE Z25VKE Z35VKE Z42VKE Z50VKE Z71VKE

Operation Mode X (A) Y (A) X (A) Y (A) X (A) Y (A) X (A) Y (A) X (A) Y (A) X (A) Y (A)
Cooling / Soft Dry (A) 3.67 4.89 6.34 8.15 11.41 15.48
Cooling / Soft Dry (B) 3.15 4.34 5.88 7.69 10.95 14.57
15.03 14.66 14.66 14.66 14.66 19.01
Cooling / Soft Dry (C) 3.15 4.34 5.88 7.69 10.95 14.57
Heating 4.11 5.52 6.70 8.60 10.59 11.50

4 The first 30 minutes of cooling operation, (A) will be applied.

(B)
39°C

(A) 38°C
Outdoor air temperature

16.1.3 IPM (Power transistor) Prevention Control

 Overheating Prevention Control
1 When the IPM temperature rises to 120°C, compressor operation will stop immediately.
2 Compressor operation restarts after 3 minutes the temperature decreases to 110°C.
3 If this condition repeats continuously 4 times within 20 minutes, timer LED will be blinking (“F96” is indicated).

 DC Peak Current Control

1 When electric current to IPM exceeds set value of 16.0 ± 2.0A (Z20/25/35/42VK) and 30.0 ± 3.0A (Z50/71VK),
the compressor will stop operate. Then, operation will restart after 3 minutes.
2 If the set value is exceeded again more than 30 seconds after the compressor starts, the operation will
restart after 1 minute.
3 If the set value exceeded again within 30 seconds after the compressor starts, the operation will restart after
1 minute. If this condition repeats continuously for 7 times, all indoor and outdoor relays will be cut off, timer
LED will be blinking (“F99” is indicated).

16.1.4 Compressor Overheating Prevention Control

 Instructed frequency for compressor operation will be regulated by compressor temperature. The changes of
frequency are as below.
 If compressor temperature exceeds 103°C, compressor will be stopped, occurs 4 times per 20 minutes, timer
LED will be blinking. (“F97” is indicated.)

94
 Compressor = OFF
103°C

88°C
Compressor Frequency
99°C Reduce

87°C
Compressor Frequency
96°C Maintain

86°C
Free

Comp. temperature

16.1.5 Low Pressure Prevention Control (Gas Leakage Detection)

 Control start conditions
o For 5 minutes, the compressor continuously operates and outdoor total current is between 0.36A and 0.54A
(Z25/35/42/50/71VKE), between 0.29A and 0.44A (Z20VKE).
o During Cooling and Soft Dry operations:
Indoor suction temperature - indoor piping temperature is below 4°C.
o During Heating operations :
Indoor piping temperature - indoor suction is under 5°C.
 Control contents
o Compressor stops (and restart after 3 minutes).
o If the conditions above happen 2 times within 20 minutes, the unit will:
 Stop operation
 Timer LED blinks and “F91” indicated.

16.1.6 Low Frequency Protection Control 1

 When the compressor operate at frequency lower than 24 Hz continued for 240 minutes, the operation frequency
will be changed to 23 Hz for 2 minutes.

16.1.7 Low Frequency Protection Control 2

 When all the below conditions comply, the compressor frequency will change to lower frequency.

Temperature, T, for: Cooling/Soft Dry Heating

Indoor intake air (°C) T < 14 or T ≥ 30 T < 14 or T ≥ 28
Outdoor air (°C) T < 13 or T ≥ 38 T < 4 or T ≥ 24
Indoor heat exchanger (°C) T < 30 T≥0

95
16.2 Protection Control for Cooling & Soft Dry Operation
16.2.1 Outdoor Air Temperature Control
 The compressor operating frequency is regulated in accordance to the outdoor air temperature as shown in the
diagram below.
 This control will begin 1 minute after the compressor starts.
 Compressor frequency will adjust base on outdoor air temperature.

 The compressor will be stopped to avoid compressor overloading.

COMP. ON

-10°C

-12°C

COMP. OFF

Outdoor
Air
Temperature

16.2.2 Cooling Overload Control

 Detects the Outdoor pipe temperature and carry out below restriction/limitation (Limit the compressor Operation
frequency).
 The compressor stop if outdoor pipe temperature exceeds 60°C.
 If the compressor stops 4 times in 20 minutes, Timer LED blinking (F95 indicated: outdoor high pressure rise
protection).

16.2.3 Freeze Prevention Control 1

 When indoor heat exchanger temperature is lower than 0°C continuously for 6 minutes, compressor will stop
operating.
 Compressor will resume its operation 3 minutes after the indoor heat exchanger is higher than 5°C.
 At the same time, indoor fan speed will be higher than during its normal operation.
 If indoor heat exchanger temperature is higher than 13°C, the fan speed will return to its normal operation.

16.2.4 Freeze Prevention Control 2

 Control start conditions
o During Cooling operation and soft dry operation
 During thermo OFF condition, indoor intake temperature is less than 10°C or
 Compressor stops for freeze prevention control
o Either one of the conditions above occurs 5 times in 60 minutes.
 Control contents
o Operation stops
o Timer LED blinks and “H99” indicated

96
16.2.5 Dew Prevention Control 1
 To prevent dew formation at indoor unit discharge area.
 This control will be activated if:
o Outdoor air temperature and Indoor pipe temperature judgment by microcontroller is fulfilled.
o When Cooling or Dry mode is operated more than 20 minutes or more.
 This control stopped if:
o Compressor stopped.
o Remote control setting changed (fan speed / temperature).
o Outdoor air temperature and indoor intake temperature changed.
 Fan speed will be adjusted accordingly in this control.

16.2.6 Odor Cut Control

 To reduce the odor released from the unit.
o Start Condition
 AUTO FAN Speed is selected during COOL or DRY operation.
 During freeze prevention control and timer preliminary operation, this control is not applicable.
o Control content
 Depends on compressor conditions:
1. Compressor OFF → Compressor ON.
The indoor unit fan stops temporarily and then starts to blow at minimum airflow for 30 seconds.
2. Compressor ON → Compressor OFF.
The indoor unit fan stops for 90 seconds and then blows at minimum airflow for 20 seconds.

16.3 Protection Control for Heating Operation

16.3.1 Intake Air Temperature Control
Compressor will operate at limited freq., if indoor intake air temperature is 30°C or above.

16.3.2 Outdoor Air Temperature Control

 The Max current value is regulated when the outdoor air temperature rise above 14°C in order to avoid
compressor overloading.

16.3.3 Overload Protection Control

 The compressor operating frequency is regulated in accordance to indoor heat exchanger temperature as shown
below.
 If the heat exchanger temperature exceeds 60°C, compressor will stop.

97
16.3.4 Low Temperature Compressor Oil Return Control
 In heating operation, if the outdoor temperature falls below -10°C when compressor starts, the compressor
frequency will be regulated up to 600 seconds.

16.3.5 Cold Draught Prevention Control

 When indoor pipe temperature is low, cold draught operation starts where indoor fan speed will be reduced.

16.3.6 Deice Operation

 When outdoor pipe temperature and outdoor air temperature is low, deice operation start where indoor fan motor
and outdoor fan motor stop and operation LED blinks.

16.3.7 Low Pressure Protection Control

 During low ambient heating operation, if the pipe temperature drops below -22°C, the max frequency will be
reduced and limited.
 If it does not rises after 3 minutes, the compressor will stop.
 The compressor will start again if the pipe temperature rises above -18°C.

98
17. Servicing Mode
17.1 Auto OFF/ON Button

1 AUTO OPERATION MODE

The Auto operation will be activated immediately once the Auto OFF/ON button is pressed. This operation
can be used to operate air conditioner with limited function if remote control is misplaced or malfunction.

2 TEST RUN OPERATION (FOR PUMP DOWN/SERVICING PURPOSE)

The Test Run operation will be activated if the Auto OFF/ON button is pressed continuously for more than
5 seconds. A “beep” sound will heard at the fifth seconds, in order to identify the starting of Test Run
operation (Forced cooling operation). Within 5 minutes after Forced cooling operation start, the Auto OFF/ON
button is pressed for more than 5 seconds. A 2 “beep” sounds will heard at the fifth seconds, in order to
identify the starting of Forced heating operation.

The Auto OFF/ON button may be used together with remote control to set / change the advance setting of air
conditioner operation.

Auto OFF/ON button

pressed Main unit always continue Test Run (forced cooling) operation.

5 sec 8 sec 11 sec 16 sec

Auto Operation Test Run Operation Test Run Operation Remote Control Number Remote Control Receiving
(Forced Cooling Operation) (Forced Cooling Operation) Switch Mode Sound OFF/ON

Beep Beep x 2 Beep x 3 Beep x 4

Press “AC RESET” Press “AC RESET”, then any Press “AC RESET”
at remote control key at remote control at remote control

3 REMOTE CONTROL NUMBER SWITCH MODE

The Remote Control Number Switch Mode will be activated if the Auto OFF/ON button is pressed
continuously for more than 11 seconds (3 “beep” sounds will occur at 11th seconds to identify the Remote
Control Number Switch Mode is in standby condition) and press “AC RESET” button and then press any
button at remote control to transmit and store the desired transmission code to the EEPROM.

There are 4 types of remote control transmission code could be selected and stored in EEPROM of indoor
unit. The indoor unit will only operate when received signal with same transmission code from remote control.
This could prevent signal interference when there are 2 or more indoor units installed nearby together.
To change remote control transmission code, short or open jumpers at the remote control printed circuit
board.

Remote Control Printed Circuit Board

Jumper A (J-A) Jumper B (J-B) Remote Control No.
Short Open A (Default)
Open Open B
JA
JB
Short Short C
Open Short D

 During Remote Control Number Switch Mode, press any button at remote control to transmit and store
the transmission code to the EEPROM.

99
 4 REMOTE CONTROL RECEIVING SOUND OFF/ON MODE
The Remote Control Receiving Sound OFF/ON Mode will be activated if the Auto OFF/ON button is pressed
continuously for more than 16 seconds (4 “beep” sounds will occur at 16th seconds to identify the Remote
Control Receiving Sound Off/On Mode is in standby condition) and press “AC Reset” button at remote
control.

Press “Auto OFF/ON button” to toggle remote control receiving sound.

a) Short “beep”: Turn OFF remote control receiving sound.
b) Long “beep”: Turn ON remote control receiving sound.

After Auto OFF/ON Button is pressed, the 20 seconds counter for Remote Control Receiving Sound OFF/ON
Mode is restarted.

17.2 Heat Only Operation

17.2.1 How to Activate/Deactivate Heat only Operation

AUTO SW The unit will operate under forced cooling

is pressed mode continuously if “AC reset” code is
not pressed to activate standby

5s 8s 11s 16s 21s 26s 36s

Remote Remote
Heat Only
Emergency Forced Forced Mode Control Control No *Operation Forced
Cooling Heating Number Receiving Setting Time Check Cooling
Operation Operation Operation Enable/ Switch Sound Mode Mode Operation
Disable
Mode OFF/ON

Beep BeepBeep BeepBeepBeep BeepBeepBeepBeep Beep No

AC reset code CHECK AC reset code AC reset code AC reset code AC reset code
code

 To enable the “Heat Only” mode, press the AUTO OFF/ON SW for more than 8s and less than 11s, “Beep Beep”
sound will be heard, then release the AUTO OFF/ON SW and press remote controller CHECK button. A short
“Beep” sound will be heard. “Heat Only” mode is now enable.
 To disable the “Heat Only” mode, press the AUTO OFF/ON SW for more than 8s and less than 11s, “Beep Beep”
sound will be heard, then release the AUTO OFF/ON SW and press remote controller CHECK button. A long
“Beep” sound will be heard. “Heat Only” mode is now disable.
 To pump down the unit during Heat Only Operation press AUTO switch for 5 seconds.

100
17.2.2 Operation mode during Heating Only Operation
 The table below shows the operation mode comparison when Heating Only Operation Mode Activated and
Deactivated.

Operation
Heating Only Operation Mode Activated Heating Only Operation Mode Deactivated
Mode
After 30s sampling, the unit will judge the operation
After 30s sampling, regardless of the indoor intake or
mode base on remote controller temperature setting and
AUTO outdoor intake temperature judgment, the unit will run
Indoor Intake Sensor (New Auto Mode) or Outdoor
Heating operation.
Intake Sensor (Old Auto Mode).
HEAT The unit will run Heating operation. The unit will run Heating operation.

COOL The unit will stop and Power LED blinking. The unit will run Cooling operation.

DRY The unit will stop and Power LED blinking. The unit will run Cooling Dry operation.
NANOE
The unit will stop and Power LED blinking. The unit will run Nanoe Stand-alone operation.
Stand-alone
The unit will run Force Cooling Operation for
Force Cooling The unit will run Force Cooling operation.
X_CTRYTM [15] minutes
Force Heating The unit will run Force Heating operation. The unit will run Force Heating operation.
The unit will turn ON by the timer and run Auto
The unit will turn ON by the timer and run Auto
Operation. After 30s sampling, the unit will judge the
AUTO Operation. After 30s sampling, regardless of the indoor
operation mode base on remote controller temperature
(with Timer) intake or outdoor intake temperature judgment, the unit
setting and Indoor Intake Sensor (New Auto Mode) or
will run Heating operation.
Outdoor Intake Sensor (Old Auto Mode).
HEAT The unit will turn ON by the timer and run Heating The unit will turn ON by the timer and run Heating
(with Timer) Operation. Operation.
COOL The unit will not turn ON by the timer. Power LED The unit will turn ON by the timer and run Cooling
(with Timer) blinking. Operation.
DRY The unit will not turn ON by the timer. Power LED The unit will turn ON by the timer and run Cooling Dry
(with Timer) blinking. Operation.
Cooling The unit will operate according to specify Cooling test
The unit will stop and Power LED blinking.
Test Mode mode operation parameter.
Heating The unit will operate according to specify Heating test The unit will operate according to specify Heating test
Test Mode mode operation parameter. mode operation parameter.

101
17.3 Remote Control Button
17.3.1 SET Button
 To check remote control transmission code and store the transmission code to EEPROM.
o Press “Set” button by using pointer.
o Press “Timer Set” button until a “beep” sound is heard as confirmation of transmission code change.
o LCD returns to original display if remote control does not operate for 30 seconds.

Normal display mode

SET

If jumper JA=Short & JB=Open

RC number = A

OR

If jumper JA=Open & JB=Open

RC number = B
SET Transmit
OR “Remote control no.” code

If jumper JA=Short & JB=Short

RC number = C

OR

If jumper JA=Open & JB=Short

RC number = D

o Press CANCEL SW, special setting is immediately cancelled and normal mode starts.
o If no SW is pressed for 30 secs, then special setting mode is cancelled and normal mode starts.

o Under this function, only , SET

, CANCEL
and SW’s are effective.

102
 To limit set temperature range for COOL & DRY, HEAT mode.
o Press “Set” button by using pointer.
o Press TEMP increment or decrement button to choose No. 3.
o Press Timer increment or decrement button to select desired temperature low limit of set temperature for
COOL & DRY mode.

Normal display mode

Press SET SW to enter customer zone &

Press SW’s to choose function 3

i) Display latest set temp (Low2).

ii) After reset, Low2 = 16°C (by default)

Use SW or SW to change Low2 range

Range = 16°C ~ [High2]

Press SET SW to comfirm selection

Memorize new No code transmission

Low2 range

o Press Timer Set button to confirm low limit selection.

o Press TEMP increment or decrement button to choose No. 4.
o Press Timer decrement or increment button to select desired temperature high limit of set temperature for
COOL & DRY mode.

Normal display mode

Press SET SW to enter customer zone &

Press SW’s to choose function 4

i) Display latest set temp (High2).

ii) After reset, High2 = 30°C (by default)

Use SW or SW to change High2 range

Range = [Low2] ~ 30°C

Press SET SW to comfirm selection

Memorize new No code transmission

High2 range

103
o Press Timer Set button to confirm high limit selection.
o Press TEMP increment or decrement button to choose No. 5.
o Press Timer increment or decrement button to select desired temperature low limit of set temperature for
HEAT mode.

Normal display mode

Press SET SW to enter customer zone &

Press SW’s to choose function 5

i) Display latest set temp (Low1).

ii) After reset, Low1 = 16°C (by default)

Use SW or SW to change Low1 range

Range = 16°C ~ [High1]

Press SET SW to comfirm selection

Memorize new No code transmission

Low2 range

o Press Timer Set button to confirm low limit selection.

o Press TEMP increment or decrement button to choose No. 6.
o Press Timer decrement or increment button to select desired temperature high limit of set temperature for
HEAT mode.

Normal display mode

Press SET SW to enter customer zone &

Press SW’s to choose function 6

i) Display latest set temp (High1).

ii) After reset, High1 = 30°C (by default)

Use SW or SW to change High1 range

Range = [Low1] ~ 30°C

Press SET SW to comfirm selection

Memorize new No code transmission

High2 range

o Press Timer Set button to confirm high limit selection.

o LCD returns to original display if remote control does not operate for 30 seconds or press Timer Cancel
button.

104
17.3.2 RESET (RC)
 To clear and restore the remote control setting to factory default.
o Press once to clear the memory

17.3.3 RESET (AC)

 To restore the unit’s setting to factory default.
o Press once to restore the unit’s setting.

17.3.4 TIMER
 To change indoor unit indicators’ intensity:
o Press continuously for 5 seconds.

17.3.5 TIMER
 To change remote control display from Degree Celsius (°C) to Degree Fahrenheit (°F).
o Press continuously for 10 seconds.

17.3.6 TEMP
 To change remote control set temperature range from 16°C ~ 30°C (60°F ~ 86°F) to 20°C ~ 30°C (68°F ~ 86°F).
o Press continuously for 15 seconds.

105
17.3.7 Customization mode
1 LCD display area:

Customization display area

(highlighted in color)

Function
No.

Options
(If any)

2 Cannot enter this customization mode under the following conditions:

1 Operation ON.
2 Under [Real/ON/OFF] time setting mode.

3 To enter Customer zone:

Normal display Customer Zone

mode [range (1~49)]

4 To enter Service zone: (Press continuously for T ≥ 5 secs)

Once T ≥ 5secs

Normal display Customer Zone Service Zone

mode [range (50~99)]

106
 5 Customization list table:

Note: The functions described in the table may not be applicable to the model and may subject to change without
further notice.

Customization
Options Remark
No Name
1 Remote control number selection A, B, C, D
2 Solar radiation sensitivity level adjustment 1, 2, 3, 4, 5
3 [iAUTO-X/iAUTO/iCOMF, Cool & Dry] mode set temperature [Low2] 16°C ~ [High2]
4 [iAUTO-X/iAUTO/iCOMF, Cool & Dry] mode set temperature [High2] [Low2] ~ 30°C
5 Heat mode set temperature Low1 selection 16°C ~ [High1]
6 Heat mode set temperature High1 selection [Low1] ~ 30°C

7 Filter cleaning selection 00 – Disable

Customer 01 – Enable
Zone
8 nanoe/nanoe-G default ON selection 00 – Disable
01 – Enable

9 Dust sensor monitoring & LED selection 00 – Disable

01 – Enable

10 Auto restart selection 00 – Disable

01 – Enable
11 Dust sensor sensitivity level adjustment 1, 2, 3
12 ~ 49 Reserve
50 ECO demo ON None (No display)
51 Light sensor check None (No display)
52 nanoe-G / ECO sensor check None (No display)
53 DOA check None (No display)

54 Odor cut control selection 00 – Disable

01 – Enable

55 Frequency tolerance selection 03 – ±3Hz

07 – ±7Hz

56 Fixed fan speed selection during heat mode compressor OFF 00 – Disable
01 – Enable
57 nanoe check None (No display)
58 Heat mode thermo shift adjustment -3°C ~ 3°C
59 Others (Cool & Dry) mode thermo shift adjustment -3°C ~ 3°C

60 Deice start determination judgment temperature switching 00 – No

01 – Yes

61 Cool mode disable selection 00 – No

01 – Yes
Service 62 Heat mode disable selection 00 – No
Zone 01 – Yes

63 Base pan heater selection A – Base pan A

b – Base pan B

64 Disable fan speed reduction during cool mode thermo-Off 00 – No

01 – Yes

65 LED smart OFF selection 00 – Disable

01 – Enable
01 – Pattern 1
66 nanoe-G ON/OFF duration selection 02 – Pattern 2
03 – Pattern 3
04 – Pattern 4

67 Operation OFF deice function selection 00 – Disable

01 – Enable
01 – Pattern 1
68 Compressor frequency change speed selection 02 – Pattern 2
03 – Pattern 3

69 Up/Down air swing upper limit restriction selection 00 – Disable

01 – Enable
70 Failure diagnosis mode disable None (No display)
71 ~ 99 Reserve

107
18. Troubleshooting Guide
18.1 Refrigeration Cycle System
In order to diagnose malfunctions, make sure that there are no Normal Pressure and Outlet Air Temperature (Standard)
electrical problems before inspecting the refrigeration cycle. Gas Pressure Outlet air
Such problems include insufficient insulation, problem with the MPa Temperature
2
(kg/cm G) (°C)
power source, malfunction of a compressor and a fan.
The normal outlet air temperature and pressure of the refrigeration Cooling Mode 0.9 ~ 1.2 (9 ~ 12) 13 ~ 17
cycle depends on various conditions, the standard values for them Heating Mode 2.0 ~ 2.7 (20 ~ 27) 32 ~ 42
are shown in the table on the right.
*Condition: • Indoor fan speed = High
• Outdoor temperature 35°C at the cooling
mode and 7°C at the heating mode
• Compressor operates at rated frequency

Difference in the intake

and outlet
• Measuring the air temperature
Normal difference
air temperatures More than 8°C
(15 minutes after an
operation is started.)
at cooling mode.
Above 14°C
(15 minutes after an
operation is started.)
at heating mode.

Less than 8°C at the cooling mode

Less than 14°C at the heating mode.

Higher than specified

Value of electric Dusty condenser • Measuring electric current
current during operation preventing heat radiation during operation

Excessive amount
of refrigerant

Lower than specified

Cooling Mode High

Gas side • Measuring gas side pressure
pressure Inefficient compressor

Low
Insufficient refrigerant

Low
Clogged strainer or
capillary tube

Low
Inefficient compressor
Heating Mode
Low
Insufficient refrigerant

High
Clogged strainer, capillary
tube or expansion valve

108
18.1.1 Relationship Between the Condition of the Air Conditioner and Pressure and
Electric Current

Cooling Mode Heating Mode

Condition of the
air conditioner Electric current Electric current
Low Pressure High Pressure Low Pressure High Pressure
during operation during operation
Insufficient refrigerant
     
(gas leakage)
Clogged capillary tube or
     
Strainer

Short circuit in the indoor unit      

Heat radiation deficiency

     
of the outdoor unit

Inefficient compression      

• Carry out the measurement of pressure, electric current, and temperature fifteen minutes after an operation is started.

109
18.2 Breakdown Self Diagnosis Function
18.2.1 Self Diagnosis Function (Three Digits Alphanumeric Code)
 Once abnormality has occurred during operation, the unit will stop its operation, and Timer LED blinks.
 Although Timer LED goes off when power supply is turned off, if the unit is operated under a breakdown
condition, the LED will light up again.
 In operation after breakdown repair, the Timer LED will no more blink. The last error code (abnormality) will be
stored in IC memory.

18.2.2 To Make a Diagnosis

1 Timer LED start to blink and the unit automatically stops the
operation.
2 Press the CHECK button on the remote controller continuously
for 5 seconds.
3 “- -” will be displayed on the remote controller display.
Note: Display only for “- -”. (No transmitting signal, no receiving
sound and no Power LED blinking.)
4 Press the “TIMER” or button on the remote controller.
The code “H00” (no abnormality) will be displayed and signal
will be transmitted to the main unit.
5 Each press of the button ( or ) will increase error code Check
number and transmit error code signal to the main unit. button
6 When the latest abnormality code on the main unit and code
transmitted from the remote controller are matched, power LED
will light up for 30 seconds and a beep sound (continuously for
4 seconds) will be heard. If no codes are matched, power LED will light up for 0.5 seconds and no sound will
be heard.
7 The breakdown diagnosis mode will be canceled unless pressing the CHECK button continuously for 5
seconds or operating the unit for 30 seconds.
8 The LED will be off if the unit is turned off or the RESET button on the main unit is pressed.

18.2.3 To Display Memorized Error (Protective Operation) Status

1 Turn power on.
2 Press the CHECK button on the remote controller continuously for 5 seconds
3 “- -“ will be displayed on the remote controller display.
Note: Display only for “- -”. (No transmitting signal, no receiving sound and no Power LED blinking.)
4 Press the “TIMER” or button on the remote controller. The code “H00” (no abnormality) will be
displayed and signal will be transmitted to the main unit.
The power LED lights up. If no abnormality is stored in the memory, three beeps sound will be heard.
5 Each press of the button ( or ) will increase error code number and transmit error code signal to the
main unit.
6 When the latest abnormality code on the main unit and code transmitted from the remote controller are
matched, power LED will light up for 30 seconds and a beep sound (continuously for 4 seconds) will be heard.
If no codes are matched, power LED will light up for 0.5 seconds and no sound will be heard.
7 The breakdown diagnosis mode will be canceled unless pressing the CHECK button continuously for 5
seconds or operating the unit for 30 seconds.
8 The same diagnosis can be repeated by turning power on again.

18.2.4 To Clear Memorized Error (Protective Operation) Status after Repair:

1 Turn power on (in standby condition).
2 Press the AUTO button for 5 seconds (A beep receiving sound) on the main unit to operate the unit at Forced
Cooling Operation modes.
3 Press the CHECK button on the remote controller for about 1 second with a pointed object to transmit signal
to main unit. A beep sound is heard from main unit and the data is cleared.

18.2.5 Temporary Operation (Depending On Breakdown Status)

1 Press the AUTO button (A beep receiving sound) on the main unit to operate the unit. (Remote control will
become possible.)
2 The unit can temporarily be used until repaired.

110
18.3 Error Codes Table
Diagnosis Abnormality / Abnormality Protection
Problem Check location
display Protection control Judgment Operation
H00 No memory of failure — Normal operation — —
Indoor fan only
Indoor/outdoor operation can Indoor/outdoor  Indoor/outdoor wire terminal
After operation for
H11 abnormal start by entering communication not  Indoor/outdoor PCB
1 minute
communication into force cooling establish  Indoor/outdoor connection wire
operation
Total indoor capability
 Indoor/outdoor connection wire
more than maximum limit
Indoor unit capacity 90s after power  Indoor/outdoor PCB
H12 — or less than minimum limit,
unmatched supply
or number of indoor unit  Specification and combination
less than two table in catalogue
Indoor intake air Indoor intake air
 Indoor intake air temperature
H14 temperature sensor Continuous for 5s — temperature sensor open
sensor lead wire and connector
abnormality or short circuit
Compressor
Compressor temperature  Compressor temperature
H15 temperature sensor Continuous for 5s —
sensor open or short circuit sensor lead wire and connector
abnormality
Outdoor current
Current transformer faulty  Outdoor PCB faulty or
H16 transformer (CT) — —
or compressor faulty compressor faulty
abnormality
 Fan motor lead wire and
Indoor fan motor Continuous Indoor fan motor lock or
H19 — connector
merchanism lock happen for 7 times feedback abnormal
 Fan motor lock or block
Indoor heat
Indoor heat exchanger  Indoor heat exchanger
exchanger
H23 Continuous for 5s — temperature sensor open temperature sensor lead wire
temperature sensor
or short circuit and connector
abnormality
Indoor heat
Indoor heat exchanger  Indoor heat exchanger
exchanger
H24 Continuous for 5s — temperature sensor 2 open temperature sensor 2 lead wire
temperature sensor
or short circuit and connector
2 abnormality
Indoor ion device Port is ON for 10s
H25 — —  ion device PCB
abnormality during ion device off
Outdoor air
Outdoor air temperature  Outdoor air temperature sensor
H27 temperature sensor Continuous for 5s —
sensor open or short circuit lead wire and connector
abnormality
Outdoor heat
Outdoor heat exchanger  Outdoor heat exchanger
exchanger
H28 Continuous for 5s — temperature sensor 1 open temperature sensor 1 lead wire
temperature sensor
or short circuit and connector
1 abnormality
Outdoor discharge Outdoor discharge pipe  Outdoor discharge pipe
H30 pipe temperature Continuous for 5s — temperature sensor open temperature sensor lead wire
sensor abnormality or short circuit and connector
Outdoor heat
Outdoor heat exchanger  Outdoor heat exchanger
exchanger
H32 Continuous for 5s — temperature sensor 2 open temperature sensor 2 lead wire
temperature sensor
or short circuit and connector
2 abnormality
Indoor / outdoor
Indoor and outdoor rated
H33 misconnection — —  Indoor and outdoor units check
voltage different
abnormality
Outdoor heat sink Outdoor heat sink
H34 temperature sensor Continuous for 2s — temperature sensor open  Outdoor heat sink sensor
abnormality or short circuit
Outdoor gas pipe Heating Outdoor gas pipe
 Outdoor gas pipe temperature
H36 temperature sensor Continuous for 5s protection temperature sensor open
sensor lead wire and connector
abnormality operation only or short circuit
Outdoor liquid pipe Cooling Outdoor liquid pipe
 Outdoor liquid pipe temperature
H37 temperature sensor Continuous for 5s protection temperature sensor open
sensor lead wire and connector
abnormality operation only or short circuit
Indoor/Outdoor
 Check indoor unit and outdoor
H38 mismatch (brand — — Brand code not match
unit
code)
 Check indoor/outdoor
Wrong wiring and connection wire and connection
Abnormal indoor connecting pipe, expansion pipe
3 times happen
H39 operating unit or — valve abnormality, indoor  Indoor heat exchanger sensor
within 40 minutes
standby units heat exchanger sensor lead wire and connector
open circuit  Expansion valve and lead wire
and connector

111
Diagnosis Abnormality / Abnormality Protection
Problem Check location
display Protection control Judgment Operation
 Check indoor/outdoor
Wrong wiring and connection wire and connection
Abnormal wiring or
H41 — — connecting pipe, expansion pipe
piping connection
valve abnormality  Expansion valve and lead wire
and connector
 ECONAVI sensor (defective or
ECONAVI sensor ECONAVI sensor open or
H59 Continuous for 25s — disconnected)
abnormality short circuit
 ECONAVI PCB
Outdoor high High pressure sensor open
Continuous for 1  High pressure sensor
H64 pressure sensor — circuit during compressor
minutes  Lead wire and connector
abnormality stop
 PCB
Nanoe stop for 5
H67 Nanoe abnormality — Nanoe faulty  Nanoe system
minutes for 3 times
 High voltage
Light sensor Continuous for 24 Light sensor open or short  Light sensor (defective or
H70 —
abnormality hours, 15 days circuit disconnect)
 Outdoor fan motor lead wire
Outdoor fan motor 2 times happen Outdoor fan motor lock or
H97 — and connector
mechanism lock within 30 minutes feedback abnormal
 Fan motor lock or block
 Check indoor heat exchanger
Indoor high pressure Indoor high pressure
H98 — —  Air filter dirty
protection protection (Heating)
 Air circulation short circuit
 Check indoor heat exchanger
Indoor operating unit Indoor freeze protection
H99 — —  Air filter dirty
freeze protection (Cooling)
 Air circulation short circuit
4-way valve
4 times happen 4-way valve switching  4-way valve
F11 switching —
within 30 minutes abnormal  Lead wire and connector
abnormality
 Check indoor/outdoor
Wrong wiring and
connection wire and pipe
connecting pipe, expansion
Indoor standby units 3 times happen  Indoor heat exchanger sensor
F17 — valve leakage, indoor heat
freezing abnormality within 40 minutes lead wire and connector
exchanger sensor open
circuit  Expansion valve lead wire and
connector
Power factor
correction 4 times happen Power factor correction
F90 —  Outdoor PCB faulty
(PFC) circuit within 10 minutes circuit abnormal
protection
Refrigeration cycle 2 times happen Refrigeration cycle  Insufficient refrigerant or valve
F91 —
abnormality within 20 minutes abnormal close
Compressor 4 times happen Compressor abnormal  Power transistor module faulty
F93 —
abnormal revolution within 20 minutes revolution or compressor lock
Compressor
4 times happen Compressor discharge
F94 discharge overshoot —  Check refrigeration system
within 30 minutes pressure overshoot
protection
Outdoor cooling high 4 times happen Cooling high pressure  Check refrigeration system
F95 —
pressure protection within 20 minutes protection  Outdoor air circuit
Power transistor
4 times happen Power transistor module  PCB faulty
F96 module overheating —
within 30 minutes overheat  Outdoor air circuit (fan motor)
protection
Compressor
3 times happen
F97 overheating — Compressor overheat  Insufficient refrigerant
within 30 minutes
protection
 Check refrigeration system
Total running current 3 times happen
F98 — Total current protection  Power source or compressor
protection within 20 minutes
lock
Outdoor direct
Continuous Power transistor module  Power transistor module faulty
F99 current (DC) peak —
happen for 7 times current protection or compressor lock
detection

112
18.4 Self-diagnosis Method
18.4.1 H11 (Indoor/Outdoor Abnormal Communication)
Malfunction Decision Conditions
 During startup and operation of cooling and heating, the data received from outdoor unit in indoor unit signal
transmission is checked whether it is normal.

Malfunction Caused
 Faulty indoor unit PCB.
 Faulty outdoor unit PCB.
 Indoor unit-outdoor unit signal transmission error due to wiring error.
 Indoor unit-outdoor unit signal transmission error due to breaking of wire in the connection wires between the
indoor and outdoor units.

Troubleshooting

When abnormality indication starts again

For safety reason and to prevent
component breakdown, always switch
Caution off the power before remove and
Measure the AC voltage at terminal 1 & 2 of outdoor unit connect the component.
terminal board

NO
Is the measured voltage 230/240V? ● AC power supply abnormal fluctuation

YES

Measure the DC voltage at terminal 2 & 3 (communication

terminals) of outdoor unit terminal board

NO ● Defect in communication circuitry

Is the measured DC voltage fluctuate between 10~70V?
of outdoor unit PCB
(Value depend on multimeter accuracy)
● Replace the PCB
YES

Measure the AC voltage at terminal 1 & 2 of indoor unit

terminal board

NO ● Improper connection at terminals

Is the measured voltage 230/240V? indoor/outdoor
● Check indoor/outdoor connecting cable
YES

Measure the DC voltage at terminal 2 & 3 of indoor unit

terminal board

● Improper connection at terminals

NO
Is the measured DC voltage fluctuate between 10~70V? indoor/outdoor
● Check indoor/outdoor connecting cable

● Defect in receiver/transmitter module of

YES the communication circuitry in indoor
unit PCB
● Replace the indoor unit PCB

113
18.4.2 H12 (Indoor/Outdoor Capacity Rank Mismatched)
Malfunction Decision Conditions
 During startup, error code appears when different types of indoor and outdoor units are interconnected.

Malfunction Caused
 Wrong models interconnected.
 Wrong indoor unit or outdoor unit PCBs mounted.
 Indoor unit or outdoor unit PCBs defective.
 Indoor-outdoor unit signal transmission error due to wrong wiring.
 Indoor-outdoor unit signal transmission error due to breaking of wire 3 in the connection wires between the indoor
and outdoor units.

Troubleshooting

114
18.4.3 H14 (Indoor Intake Air Temperature Sensor Abnormality)
Malfunction Decision Conditions
 During startup and operation of cooling and heating, the temperatures detected by the indoor intake air
temperature sensor are used to determine sensor errors.

Malfunction Caused
 Faulty connector connection.
 Faulty sensor.
 Faulty PCB.

Troubleshooting

115
18.4.4 H15 (Compressor Temperature Sensor Abnormality)
Malfunction Decision Conditions
 During startup and operation of cooling and heating, the temperatures detected by the outdoor compressor
temperature sensor are used to determine sensor errors.

Malfunction Caused
 Faulty connector connection.
 Faulty sensor.
 Faulty PCB.

Troubleshooting

116
18.4.5 H16 (Outdoor Current Transformer)
Malfunction Decision Conditions
 An input current, detected by Current Transformer CT, is below threshold value when the compressor is
operating at certain frequency value for 3 minutes.

Malfunction Caused
 Lack of gas
 Broken CT (current transformer)
 Broken Outdoor PCB

Troubleshooting

117
18.4.6 H19 (Indoor Fan Motor – DC Motor Mechanism Locked)
Malfunction Decision Conditions
 The rotation speed detected by the Hall IC during fan motor operation is used to determine abnormal fan motor
(feedback of rotation > 2550 rpm or < 50 rpm)

Malfunction Caused
 Operation stops due to short circuit inside the fan motor winding.
 Operation stops due to breaking of wire inside the fan motor.
 Operation stops due to breaking of fan motor lead wires.
 Operation stops due to Hall IC malfunction.
 Operation error due to faulty indoor unit PCB.

Troubleshooting

118
18.4.7 H23 (Indoor Pipe Temperature Sensor Abnormality)
Malfunction Decision Conditions
 During startup and operation of cooling and heating, the temperatures detected by the indoor heat exchanger
temperature sensor are used to determine sensor errors.

Malfunction Caused
 Faulty connector connection.
 Faulty sensor.
 Faulty PCB.

Troubleshooting

119
18.4.8 H27 (Outdoor Air Temperature Sensor Abnormality)
Malfunction Decision Conditions
 During startup and operation of cooling and heating, the temperatures detected by the outdoor air temperature
sensor are used to determine sensor errors.

Malfunction Caused
 Faulty connector connection.
 Faulty sensor.
 Faulty PCB.

Troubleshooting

120
18.4.9 H28 (Outdoor Pipe Temperature Sensor Abnormality)
Malfunction Decision Conditions
 During startup and operation of cooling and heating, the temperatures detected by the outdoor pipe temperature
sensor are used to determine sensor errors.

Malfunction Caused
 Faulty connector connection.
 Faulty sensor.
 Faulty PCB.

Troubleshooting

121
18.4.10 H30 (Compressor Discharge Temperature Sensor Abnormality)
Malfunction Decision Conditions
 During startup and operation of cooling and heating, the temperatures detected by the outdoor discharge pipe
temperature sensor are used to determine sensor errors.

Malfunction Caused
 Faulty connector connection.
 Faulty sensor.
 Faulty PCB.

Troubleshooting

122
18.4.11 H32 (Outdoor Heat Exchanger Temperature Sensor 2 Abnormality)
Malfunction Decision Conditions
 During startup and operation of cooling and heating, the temperatures detected by the outdoor heat exchanger
temperature sensor are used to determine sensor errors.

Malfunction Caused
 Faulty connector connection.
 Faulty sensor.
 Faulty PCB.

Troubleshooting

123
18.4.12 H33 (Unspecified Voltage between Indoor and Outdoor)
Malfunction Decision Conditions
 The supply power is detected for its requirement by the indoor/outdoor transmission.

Malfunction Caused
 Wrong models interconnected.
 Wrong indoor unit and outdoor unit PCBs used.
 Indoor unit or outdoor unit PCB defective.

Troubleshooting

124
18.4.13 H34 (Outdoor Heat Sink Temperature Sensor Abnormality)
Malfunction Decision Conditions
 During startup and operation of cooling and heating, the temperatures detected by the outdoor heat sink
temperature sensor are used to determine sensor errors.

Malfunction Caused
 Faulty connector connection.
 Faulty sensor.
 Faulty PCB.

Troubleshooting

125
18.4.14 H36 (Outdoor Gas Pipe Sensor Abnormality)
Malfunction Decision Conditions
 During startup and operation of cooling and heating, the temperatures detected by the outdoor gas pipe
temperature sensor are used to determine sensor errors.

Malfunction Caused
 Faulty connector connection.
 Faulty sensor.
 Faulty PCB.

Troubleshooting

126
18.4.15 H37 (Outdoor Liquid Pipe Temperature Sensor Abnormality)
Malfunction Decision Conditions
 During startup and operation of cooling and heating, the temperatures detected by the outdoor liquid pipe
temperature sensor are used to determine sensor errors.

Malfunction Caused
 Faulty connector connection.
 Faulty sensor.
 Faulty PCB.

Troubleshooting

127
18.4.16 H97 (Outdoor Fan Motor – DC Motor Mechanism Locked)
Malfunction Decision Conditions
 The rotation speed detected by the Hall IC during fan motor operation is used to determine abnormal fan motor.

Malfunction Caused
 Operation stops due to short circuit inside the fan motor winding.
 Operation stops due to breaking of wire inside the fan motor.
 Operation stops due to breaking of fan motor lead wires.
 Operation stops due to Hall IC malfunction.
 Operation error due to faulty outdoor unit PCB.

Troubleshooting

When abnormality indication starts again

FAN MOTOR CN-MTR2
(WHT) 10
1
W
MS 3
U
For safety reason and to prevent 5
V 14
Turn off power supply and rotate fan by Caution component breakdown, always switch
16
hand. off the power before remove and
connect the component. IC19
CN-MTR1
1 R105
2 R111 1k
NO 3 R120 1k
Does fan rotate smoothly? Replace fan motor. 4 5V 1k
5

+ C175 C177 C176

C173 0.01μ 0.01μ 0.01μ
YES Turn off power supply and 50V 50V 50V

G5 G5 G5 G5
disconnect fan motor CN-MRT2
Turn power supply on and operate fan. connector. PCB BOARD

U
NO Check resistance of the motor.
Does it rotate? Measure at fan motor connector
CN-MRT1 (1-2, 1-3, 2-3).
YES
V
W
Stop the fan motor
NO
Is the resistance normal? Replace fan motor.

Check the rotation feedback output from YES

fan motor’s CN-MTR1 output.
Use an inverter check to check on
Rotate the fan motor manually (by hand) the power transistor on board.
while measure the voltage at PCB’s Connect it to PCB’s CN-MRT2 port.
CN-MRT1 Turn power ON and run the unit.
- Between 1(+) and 5(-)
- Between 2(+) and 5(-)
- Between 3(+) and 5(-) NO
Do all 6 LED light turn ON and turn Replace outdoor PCB.
OFF periodically?
YES
Replace fan motor.

Does the voltage at each terminal NO

becomes 5 and 0Vdc repeatedly? Replace fan motor.

YES
Replace outdoor PCB.

128
18.4.17 H98 (Error Code Stored in Memory and no alarm is triggered / no TIMER LED
flashing)
Malfunction Decision Conditions
 Indoor high pressure is detected when indoor heat exchanger is detecting very high temperature when the unit is
operating in heating operation.
 Phenomena: unit is stopping and re-starting very often in heating mode

Malfunction Caused
 Indoor heat exchanger thermistor
 Clogged air filter or heat exchanger
 Over-bent pipe (liquid side)

Troubleshooting

129
18.4.18 H99 (Indoor Freeze Prevention Protection: Cooling or Soft Dry)
Error Code will not display (no Timer LED blinking) but store in EEPROM

Malfunction Decision Conditions

 Freeze prevention control takes place (when indoor pipe temperature is lower than 2°C)

Malfunction Caused
 Air short circuit at indoor unit
 Clogged indoor unit air filter
 Dust accumulation on the indoor unit heat exchanger
 2/3 way valve closed
 Faulty indoor unit fan motor
 Refrigerant shortage (refrigerant leakage)
 Clogged expansion valve or strainer
 Faulty indoor pipe temperature sensor
 Faulty indoor unit PCB

Troubleshooting

130
18.4.19 F11 (4-way Valve Switching Failure)
Malfunction Decision Conditions
 When indoor heat exchanger is cold during heating (except deice) or when indoor heat exchanger is hot during
cooling and compressor operating, the 4-way valve is detected as malfunction.

Malfunction Caused
 Indoor heat exchanger (pipe) thermistor
 4-way valve malfunction

Troubleshooting

* Check gas side pipe – for hot gas flow in cooling mode

131
18.4.20 F17 (Indoor Standby Units Freezing Abnormality)
Malfunction Decision Conditions
 When the different between indoor intake air temperature and indoor pipe temperature is above 10°C or indoor
pipe temperature is below -1.0°C.

Remark:
When the indoor standby unit is freezing, the outdoor unit transfers F17 error code to the corresponding indoor
unit and H39 to other indoor unit(s).

Malfunction Caused
 Wrong wiring connection
 Faulty sensor
 Faulty expansion valve

Troubleshooting

132
18.4.21 F90 (Power Factor Correction Protection)
Malfunction Decision Conditions
 To maintain DC voltage level supply to power transistor.
 To detect high DC voltage level after rectification.

Malfunction Caused
 During startup and operation of cooling and heating, when Power Factor Correction (PFC) protection circuitry at
the outdoor unit main PCB senses abnormal DC voltage level for power transistors.
 When DC voltage detected is LOW, transistor switching will turn ON by controller to push-up the DC level.
 When DC voltage detected is HIGH (391Vdc – 425Vdc), active LOW signal will send by the controller to turn OFF
relay RY-C.

Troubleshooting

133
18.4.22 F91 (Refrigeration Cycle Abnormality)
Malfunction Decision Conditions
 The input current is low while the compressor is running at higher than the setting frequency.

Malfunction Caused
 Lack of gas.
 3-way valve close.

Troubleshooting

134
18.4.23 F93 (Compressor Rotation Failure)
Malfunction Decision Conditions
 A compressor rotation failure is detected by checking the compressor running condition through the position
detection circuit.

Malfunction Caused
 Compressor terminal disconnect
 Faulty Outdoor PCB
 Faulty compressor

Troubleshooting

135
18.4.24 F95 (Outdoor High Pressure Protection: Cooling or Soft Dry)
Malfunction Decision Conditions
 During operation of cooling or soft dry, when outdoor unit heat exchanger high temperature data is detected by
the outdoor unit heat exchanger thermistor.

Malfunction Caused
 Outdoor heat exchanger temperature rise due to short-circuit of hot discharge air flow.
 Outdoor heat exchanger temperature rise due to defective of outdoor fan motor.
 Outdoor heat exchange temperature rise due to defective outdoor heat exchanger thermistor.
 Outdoor heat exchanger temperature rise due to defective of outdoor unit PCB.

Troubleshooting

136
18.4.25 F96 (IPM Overheating)
Malfunction Decision Conditions
 During operating of cooling and heating, when IPM temperature data (100°C) is detected by the IPM temperature
sensor.
Multi Models only
o Compressor Overheating: During operation of cooling and heating, when the compressor OL is activated.
o Heat Sink Overheating: During operation of cooling and heating, when heat sink temperature data (90°C) is
detected by the heat sink temperature sensor.

Malfunction Caused
 IPM overheats due to short circuit of hot discharge air flow.
 IPM overheats due to defective of outdoor fan motor.
 IPM overheats due to defective of internal circuitry of IPM.
 IPM overheats due to defective IPM temperature sensor.
Multi Models Only
o Compressor OL connector poor contact.
o Compressor OL faulty.

Troubleshooting

137
18.4.26 F97 (Compressor Overheating)
Malfunction Decision Conditions
 During operation of cooling and heating, when compressor tank temperature data (112°C) is detected by the
compressor tank temperature sensor.

Malfunction Caused
 Faulty compressor tank temperature sensor
 2/3 way valve closed
 Refrigerant shortage (refrigerant leakage)
 Faulty outdoor unit PCB
 Faulty compressor

Troubleshooting

138
18.4.27 F98 (Input Over Current Detection)
Malfunction Decision Conditions
 During operation of cooling and heating, when an input over-current (X value in Total Running Current Control) is
detected by checking the input current value being detected by current transformer (CT) with the compressor
running.

Malfunction Caused
 Excessive refrigerant.
 Faulty outdoor unit PCB.

Troubleshooting

139
18.4.28 F99 (DC Peak Detection)
Malfunction Decision Conditions
During startup and operation of cooling and heating, when inverter DC peak data is received by the outdoor internal
DC Peak sensing circuitry.

Malfunction Caused
 DC current peak due to compressor failure.
 DC current peak due to defective power transistor(s).
 DC current peak due to defective outdoor unit PCB.
 DC current peak due to short circuit.

Troubleshooting

140
19. Disassembly and Assembly Instructions
WARNING
High Voltage is generated in the electrical parts area by the capacitor. Ensure that the capacitor has discharged sufficiently before proceeding
with repair work. Failure to heed this caution may result in electric shocks.

19.1 CS-Z20VKEW CS-Z25VKEW CS-Z35VKEW CS-Z42VKEW

CS-XZ20VKEW CS-XZ25VKEW CS-XZ35VKEW
19.1.1 Indoor Electronic Controllers, Cross Flow Fan and Indoor Fan Motor Removal
Procedures

[Link] To Remove Front Grille

3. Hold both sides of the front grille

and gently remove it by pulling up
and toward yourself.

2. Remove 1 screw at the

middle of front grille.

1. Remove 2 caps and 2 screws at the

bottom of front grille.

Figure 1

[Link] Caps Removal

Use long nose pliers

to pull out the caps.

CAUTION
a. Use a manual screw driver with at least 150 mm shaft
length. Do not use a hand drill type.
b. Slightly tilt the screw driver handle downward so that the
shaft does not touch the flap. Be careful not to scratch the
flap while undoing the screws.

141
[Link] To Remove Electronic Controller

3 Hooks (Top, left

and right hand side)

4. Remove control board

cover by releasing 3 hooks.

Figure 2
5. Remove earth wires. 9. Pull out the 10. Detach all connectors as labelled from the
electronic electronic controller. Then pull out the
controller halfway. electronic controller gently.

AC303

RY-PWR

CN-FM
6. Detach lead wires
ACN501 (Grey),
ACN502 (White), CN-DATA2
AC302 (Yellow), CN-CNT
ACL501 (Brown) CN-STM2
and AC304 (Red)
CN-STM3
from the terminal
board. CN-STM1

CN-RMT
CN-TH

8. Remove screw to remove 7. Detach CN-DISP and CN-RCV CN-DATA3

terminal board complete. connectors from indicator complete. CN-DISP
CN-RCV
CN-DATA1

Figure 3 Figure 4

CN-NANO CAUTION
During assembly of PCB,
tie connector CN-303 (WHT)
together with the PCB.
CN-DATA2 CN-DATA1

Figure 5

142
[Link] To Remove Discharge Grille

11. Remove the screw and

pull out the HVU unit.

HVU unit
12. Remove the screw and
pull out the WIFI module.

Figure 6

13. Pull out and remove the drain hose

from the discharge grille.

14. Then pull the discharge grille

downward gently to dismantle it.

Figure 7

[Link] To Remove Control Board

15. Remove the 4 screws holding

the control board, then pull out
the control board.

Figure 8

143
[Link] To Remove Cross Flow Fan and Indoor Fan Motor

Figure 9

18. Remove the bearing

by pulling it gently.
17. Remove the screw from
the evaporator.

Figure 10

144
 Evaporator

19. Push the holdfast to

the left and lift up the
evaporator.

21. Fan motor can be removed after

Cross flow fan the removal of the cross flow fan.
Reminder: To reinstall the fan motor, adjust
the fan motor connector to 90° towards you
20. Remove the cross flow fan from the before fixing control board.
unit by pulling it to the left and downward.
Figure 11

Cross Flow Fan

Reminder: To reinstall the cross flow

fan, ensure cross flow fan is in line as
shown in figure 12.

Figure 12

145
[Link] To Assemble the Front Grille

Receiver PCB
CAUTION
Do not directly fix the front grille
complete, to avoid hitting the
Receiver PCB.
Figure 13

22. Gently assemble the right side of the

front grille first then fix the left side.
Figure 14

146
[Link] To Assemble the Intake Grille

Hook
Intake Grille

23. Align the intake grille

hooks into the slot.

Hook

24. Place in the hook to the slot.

25. Then slightly bend the intake grille

and push in the hooks into the slot.

Figure 15

147
 WARNING
High Voltage is generated in the electrical parts area by the capacitor. Ensure that the capacitor has discharged sufficiently before proceeding
with repair work. Failure to heed this caution may result in electric shocks.

19.2 CS-Z50VKEW CS-Z71VKEW CS-XZ50VKEW

19.2.1 Indoor Electronic Controllers, Cross Flow Fan and Indoor Fan Motor Removal
Procedures

[Link] To Remove Front Grille

3. Hold both sides of the front grille

and gently remove it by pulling up
and toward yourself.

2. Remove 1 screw at the

middle of front grille.

1. Remove 3 caps and 3 screws at the

bottom of front grille.

Figure 1

[Link] Caps Removal

Use long nose pliers

to pull out the caps.

CAUTION
a. Use a manual screw driver with at least 150 mm shaft
length. Do not use a hand drill type.
b. Slightly tilt the screw driver handle downward so that the
shaft does not touch the flap. Be careful not to scratch the
flap while undoing the screws.

148
[Link] To Remove Electronic Controller

3 Hooks (left and

right hand side)

4. Remove control board

cover by releasing 4 hooks.

Figure 2

5. Remove earth wires. 9. Pull out the 10. Detach all connectors as labelled from the
electronic electronic controller. Then pull out the
controller halfway. electronic controller gently.

AC303

RY-PWR

CN-FM
6. Detach lead wires
ACN501 (Grey),
ACN502 (White), CN-DATA2
AC302 (Yellow), CN-CNT
ACL501 (Brown) CN-STM2
and AC304 (Red)
from the terminal CN-STM3
board. CN-STM1

CN-RMT
CN-TH

8. Remove screw to remove 7. Detach CN-DISP connectors CN-DATA3

terminal board complete. from indicator complete. CN-DISP
CN-RCV
CN-DATA1

Figure 3 Figure 4

CN-NANO CAUTION
During assembly of PCB,
tie connector CN-303 (WHT)
together with the PCB.
CN-DATA2 CN-DATA1

Figure 5

149
[Link] To Remove Discharge Grille

11. Remove the screw and

pull out the HVU unit.

HVU unit
12. Remove the screw and
pull out the WIFI module.

Figure 6

13. Pull out and remove the drain hose

from the discharge grille.

14. Then pull the discharge grille

downward gently to dismantle it.

Figure 7

[Link] To Remove Control Board

15. Remove the 4 screws holding

the control board, then pull out
the control board.

Figure 8

150
[Link] To Remove Cross Flow Fan and Indoor Fan Motor

16. Remove the screw that holding

the cross flow fan and fan motor
axis.

Figure 9

18. Remove the bearing

by pulling it gently.
17. Remove the screw from
the evaporator.
Figure 10

151
 Evaporator

19. Push the holdfast to

the left and lift up the
evaporator.

21. Fan motor can be removed after

Cross flow fan the removal of the cross flow fan.
Reminder: To reinstall the fan motor, adjust
the fan motor connector to 90° towards you
20. Remove the cross flow fan from the before fixing control board.
unit by pulling it to the left and downward.

Figure 11

Cross Flow Fan

Reminder: To reinstall the cross flow

fan, ensure cross flow fan is in line as
shown in figure 12.

Figure 12

152
[Link] To Assemble the Front Grille

Receiver PCB
CAUTION
Do not directly fix the front grille
complete, to avoid hitting the
Receiver PCB.

Figure 13

22. Gently assemble the right side of the

front grille first then fix the left side.

Figure 14

153
[Link] To Assemble the Intake Grille

Hook
Intake Grille

23. Align the intake grille

hooks into the slot.

Hook

24. Place in the hook to the slot.

25. Then slightly bend the intake grille

and push in the hooks into the slot.

Figure 15

154
[Link] To Replace Wireless LAN Module (Network Adapter)

1 Remove the network adapter box by releasing the hook.

Hook

2 Remove the cover by unclipping it and pulling it out.

Unclip & pull down

3 Remove the top casing by pressing the side of the network adapter box.

Press

Press

4 After that, network adapter can be easily replaced.

Reminder: Serviceman or owner must setting again Panasonic Comfort Cloud app after replace Wireless LAN
Module.

155
19.3 Outdoor Electronic Controller Removal Procedure
19.3.1 CU-Z20VKE CU-Z25VKE CU-Z35VKE
Caution! When handling electronic controller, be careful of electrostatic discharge.

1 Remove the 5 screws of the Top Panel. 5 Remove the Control Board as follows:
Screws
Top Panel Release 3 Terminal
Screws Connectors, L, N
and Earth Wire Screw.
Control Board
Remove of Screw Then Remove 4 Terminal
Control Board Connectors of DRM.

Screw

Release 7
Connectors

Remove 2
Screws of
Fig. 1 Plate Terminal
Board
Release 2 Earth
2 Remove the 6 screws of the Front Panel. Wire Screws

Screws
Fig. 4
Front Panel
Remove the Terminal Cover
and 3 Terminal Compressor

Screw

Screws
Fig. 2
Control Board
3 Remove the screw of the Terminal Board
Compressor
Cover.
4 Remove the Top Cover of the Control Board
by 4 hooks. Fig. 5
Hooks
Top Cover Electronic Controller
Hooks Control Board

Terminal
Board
Cover

Screw
Control Board
Fig. 6

Fig. 3

156
19.3.2 CU-Z42VKE
Caution! When handling electronic controller, be careful of electrostatic discharge.

1 Remove the 5 screws of the Top Panel. 5 Remove the Control Board as follows:

Fig. 1 Fig. 4

2 Remove the 8 screws of the Front Panel.

Fig. 2
Fig. 5
3 Remove the screw of the Terminal Board
Cover.
4 Remove the Top Cover of the Control Board
by 4 hooks.

Fig. 6

Fig. 3

157
19.3.3 CU-Z50VKE CU-Z71VKE
Caution! When handling electronic controller, be careful of electrostatic discharge.

1 Remove the 5 screws of the Top Panel. 5 Remove 2 screws for the plate of Terminal Board
Cover.
Top Panel
Screw

Plate of
Terminal
Board
Cover
Screws

Screws Screws

Fig. 1 Fig. 4

2 Remove the 8 screws of the Front Panel. 6 Remove the Control Board.

Screws
Control Board

Front Panel Release

screw of
Control Board

Release
3 terminal
connectors
Release of 6
connectors

Release
screw of
Control Board
Screws

Screw
Fig. 2
Fig. 5
3 Remove the screw of the Terminal Board Cover.
4 Remove the Top Cover of the Electronic 7. Remove the 4 screws of the Electronic Controller.
Controller by 4 hooks.
Screws
Hooks
Top Cover

Hooks

Terminal
Board
Cover

Screw

Electronic Controller
Fig. 6
Fig. 3

158
19.4 ‘Panasonic Comfort Cloud’ App Setting Procedure
[After Replace Main Printed Circuit Board or Change the Indoor Unit]
19.4.1 Initial Setup (Method 1)

Home My house MyMenu

house

My House
Living room Living room
Owner
30.0 C
22 23 [Link] 15:50 22 23 [Link] 15:50
User list

Bedroom 1
Change password

Cool Cool
Replace device

Change router settings

Device list

25. 0 SET
C 27. 0 Group list
SET
C

Application settings

User’s manual

Terms of use

Copyright
Statistic Weekly timer Quiet Powerful Statistic Weekly timer Quiet Powerful
Logout

1. Select air-conditioner. 2. Select ‘Menu’. 3. Select ‘Replace device’.

Replace device Add new air conditioner Add new air conditioner

My Home Please choose the following:

Was this air-condioner operated using this
Living Room smart APP before?
Newly purchased air-condi oner
Yes
CS-HZ25UKE
Others (Air -condi oner used before) No

Cancel Cancel
Cancel Start

4. Select start button to proceed for network 5. Select ‘Others 6. Select ‘Yes’.
setting. (Air-Conditioner used before)’

159
Setting Connection Network

Connection Guide Connection Guide Connection Guide

Step 1 Step 2 Step 3
Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 1 Step 2 Step 3
Make sure smartphone is connected to same
wireless network.
The router supports WPS.
When Wireless LAN LED is ON, tap “Next”.
Connect with WPS mode
1. Point the remote control to air- condi oner Wireless LAN LED.
and press the “Wireless LAN” bu on once.
2. When Wireless LAN LED is blinking, tap “Next”. The router does not supports WPS.

Connect with AP mode

SET
Wireless LAN
CANCEL
LED

LED is OFF
Wireless
WirelessLAN
LAN
bu bu
on on
LED is ON

LED is Blinking
Next

Cancel Cancel
Cancel

1. Ensure Wireless LAN LED is ON. point the 2. When Wireless LAN LED is blinking, 3. Select the preferred router support
remote control to air conditioner and press select preffered connection setup mode. connectivity mode.
Wireless LAN button until the Wireless
LAN LED changed to blinking.

160
Connection network using WPS mode (Method 1)

Connection Guide Connection Guide Connection Guide

Step 1 Step 3 Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 1 Step 2 Step 3

Step 2

If Wireless LAN LED is OFF during the connec on

The router supports WPS. setup, please press “Wireless LAN” bu on once
to enable the Wireless LAN before proceeding to
Connect with WPS mode step 1.
1. Press and hold “Wireless LAN” bu on for 5 secs
un l easy se ng “ 1 ” is shown .
The router does not supports WPS. 2. Point remote control to air-condi oner and
press “SET” bu on once.
Connect with AP mode
3. A er step 1 & 2 have been done, tap “Next”.

SET

CANCEL

Next
Next

Cancel
Cancel Cancel

1. Select ‘Connect with WPS mode’. 2. Press the “WPS” button from the router 3. Ensure Wireless LAN LED is ON. Press
that will be connected to an air conditioner and hold the Wireless LAN button for
 Check the status of Wireless LAN 5 seconds until “1” is shown on the
LED on the remote control. If the remote control and press SET pointing
Wireless LAN LED is OFF, press the to the air conditioner.
Wireless LAN button to enable the
Wireless LAN connection.

Connection Guide Connection Guide

Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 1 Step 2 Step 3

When the connec on of air-condi oner to router

is successful, the Wireless LAN LED changes from Searching for air-condi oner.
blinking to ON. Please wait…
*It may take up to few minutes before changes
to ON.

If the Wireless LAN LED is ON, tap “Next”.

Next

If Wireless LAN LED keep blinking, tap “Check”

Check

Cancel
Cancel

4. When the connection of air conditioner to 5. If the Wireless LAN LED keep blinking,
router is successful, the Wireless LAN LED check the wireless router connection.
changed from blinking to ON.

161
Connection network using AP mode (Method 2)

Connection Guide
Step 1 Step 2 Step 3

The router supports WPS.

Connect with WPS mode

The router does not supports WPS.

Connect with AP mode

Cancel

1. Select ‘Connect with WPS mode’.

Connection Guide Connection Guide

Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 1 Step 2 Step 3

If Wireless LAN LED is OFF during the connec on By changing the wireless network connec on of
setup, please enable again by pressing “Wireless smartphone to the following network.
LAN” bu on once before proceeding to step 1.
1. Press and hold “Wireless LAN” bu on for 5 secs
un l easy se ng “1” is shown. SSID: Panasonic-CS-wirelessAP
2. Press “up” or “down” bu on un l Advance
Password: Rac8pswi
se ng “2” is shown.
3. Point remote control to air-condi oner and
press “SET” bu on once.
4. A er step 1 ~ 3 have been done, tap“Next”. To wireless network settings of the smartphone.

SET

CANCEL

Next

Cancel Cancel

2. Ensure Wireless LAN LED is ON. Press and hold the Wireless LAN button for 5 seconds
until “1” is shown on the remote control.
Press until “2” is shown on the remote control and press SET pointing to the air conditioner.

Wi-Fi Wi-Fi Direct ADVANCED

ON

grac_adapter

Password
Enter password
Select the following SSID from the
network list in the wireless
Show password

Auto reconnect

Show advanced options

Copy password and next

CANCEL CONNECT

HUAWEI-E5377-F108

MF910_84AA17

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0
Cancel (go back to previous screen) q w e r t y u i o p

a s d f g h j k l

z x c v b n m
.
!@1 English (UK) . Done

3. Copy the password for later use. Select “Panasonic-CS-wirelessAP” from smartphones Wireless LAN setting and enter the copied password.
Return to “Panasonic Comfort Cloud” app.

162
 Connection Guide Connection Guide Connection Guide Connection Guide
Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 1 Step 2 Step 3

Next, setup the wireless network connec on of Connect the network adaptor to the wireless Connect the air-condi oner to the
router. wireless router. wireless router.
air-condi oner.
Select your wireless router Select your wireless router
Network name (SSID)

router SSID1 Network name (SSID) Panasonic-factory-wireless-ap-00

router SSID2 Enter the password of the selected
Security wireless router.
router SSID3 WPA2
Password
router SSID4 Password Password
router SSID5 Password

Other Cancel OK

MAC address of target device MAC address of target device

d8-61-62-2e-44-da d8-61-62-2e-44-c0
Note: Note:
Select 2.4 GHz band if the wireless router Select 2.4 GHz band if the wireless router
supports both 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz band. supports both 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz band.

To wireless network settings OK

Cancel Cancel Cancel Cancel

4. Select the SSID of your wireless router. Enter the password to connect the air conditioner to the wireless router.

Connection Guide Wi-Fi

Connection Guide
Step 1 Step 2 Step 3
Step 1 Step 2 Step 3
Wi-Fi

router SSID1
When the connec on of air-condi oner to
router is successful, the Wireless LAN LED Searching for air-condi oner.
CHOOSE A NETWORK...
changes from blinking to ON. Please wait…
*It may take up to few minutes before changes router SSID2
to ON.
router SSID3

router SSID4

Other...

Ask to Join Networks

If the Wireless LAN LED is ON, connect the
smartphone to wireless router. (return to this network are available, you will be asked before joining a
new network.

To wireless network settings of the smartphone.

If Wireless LAN LED keep blinking, tap “Check”

Check

Cancel
Cancel

5. When connection of air conditioner to router is successful, the Wireless LAN LED will changed from blinking to ON. If the Wireless LAN LED is
ON, connect the smartphone to wireless router. (return to this application after completing the wireless network settings to continue the setup)
 If the Wireless LAN LED keep blinking, check the wireless router connection.

163
Select the Air-Conditioner and Set the Password

Connection Guide Connection Guide Connection Guide

Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 1 Step 2 Step 3
Step 1 Step 2 Step 3
Model :
CS -HZ25UKE
Model :
Select the air-condi oner for registra on
Please enter air-condioner indoor model name. CS-Z20VKEW

newer
Unregistered air-condi oner

Unknown air-conditioner Air-condioner indoor model

Enter your preferred name for this air-condi oner
CS-Z20VKEW
Air condi oner name
Registered air-condi oner
CS-Z20VKEW

Next
Register
Cancel Register

Retrysearching…
Retry searching… Cancel Cancel

1. Select the air conditioner model to register 2. Select the air-conditioner model to register 3. Once connection is establish between
the device. the device. the app and the new air-conditioner
through the registration process, set the
preffered name for this air-conditioner to
helps identify it.
 By registered the new name of air-
conditioner, the function of
“Panasonic Comfort Cloud” app is
ready to be used.

Device password setting My house

Step 1 Step 2 Step 3

Model :
CS-Z20VKEW 22 23 [Link] 15:50

Input the password to complete the registra on. Cool

Password must be 8-15 characters with le ers
and numbers.

Password

password

Re-enter password
25. 0 SET
C

Register

Cancel Statistic Weekly timer Quiet Powerful

3. Password must be 8-15 characters with 4. Setting completed.

letters and number.
Note
Keep password for future used on
additional user registration.

164
19.4.2 ‘Panasonic Comfort Cloud’ App Setting Procedure [After Replace Wireless LAN
Module]

[Link] Initial Setup (Method 1)

Home My house MyMenu

house

My House
Living room Living room
Owner
30.0 C
22 23 [Link] 15:50 22 23 [Link] 15:50
User list

Bedroom 1
Change password

Cool Cool
Replace device

Change router settings

Device list

27. 0 SET
C 27. 0Group list
SET
C

Application settings

User’s manual

Terms of use

Copyright
Statistic Weekly timer Quiet Powerful Statistic Weekly timer Quiet Powerful
Logout

1. Select model. 2. Select ‘Menu’. 3. Select ‘Change router setting’.

Change router settings

My Home
Living Room

CS-Z20VKEW

Cancel Start

4. Select start button to proceed for

network setting.

165
[Link] Initial Setup (Method 2)

Home My house MyMenu

house

My House
Living room Living room
Owner
30.0 C
22 23 [Link] 15:50 22 23 [Link] 15:50
User list

Bedroom 1
Change password

Cool Cool
Replace device

Change router settings

Device list

27. 0 SET
C 27. 0 Group list
SET
C

Application settings

User’s manual

Terms of use

Copyright
Statistic Weekly timer Quiet Powerful Statistic Weekly timer Quiet Powerful
Logout

1. Select air-conditioner. 2. Select ‘Menu’. 3. Select ‘Replace device’.

Replace device Add new air conditioner Add new air conditioner

My Home Please choose the following:

Was this air-condioner operated using this
Living Room smart APP before?
Newly purchased air-condi oner
Yes
CS-Z20VKEW
No
Others (Air -condi oner used before)

Cancel Cancel
Cancel Start

4. Select start button to proceed for 5. Select ‘Others 6. Select ‘Yes’.

network setting. (Air-Conditioner used before)’

166
[Link] Setting Connection Network

Connection Guide Connection Guide Connection Guide

Step 1 Step 2 Step 3
Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 1 Step 2 Step 3
Make sure smartphone is connected to same
wireless network. The router supports WPS.
When Wireless LAN LED is ON, tap “Next”. Connect with WPS mode
Point the remote control to air- condi oner Wireless LAN LED.
and press the “Wireless LAN” bu on once.
When Wireless LAN LED is blinking, tap “Next”. The router does not supports WPS.

Connect with AP mode

SET
Wireless LAN
CANCEL
LED

LED is OFF
Wireless
WirelessLAN
LAN on on
bu bu
LED is ON

LED is Blinking
Next

Cancel Cancel
Cancel

1. Ensure Wireless LAN LED is ON. 2. When Wireless LAN LED is blinking, 3. Select the preferred router support
point the remote control to air conditioner select preferred connection setup mode. connectivity mode.
and press Wireless LAN button until the
Wireless LAN LED changed to blinking.

[Link] Connection Network Using WPS Mode (Method 1)

Connection Guide Connection Guide Connection Guide

Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 1 Step 2 Step 3

If Wireless LAN LED is OFF during the connec on

The router supports WPS. setup, please press “Wireless LAN” bu on once
to enable the Wireless LAN before proceeding to
Connect with WPS mode step .
Press and hold “Wireless LAN” bu on for 5
secs un l easy se ng “ 1” is shown.
The router does not supports WPS. Point remote control to air-condi oner and
press “SET” bu on once.
Connect with AP mode
A er step & have been done, tap “Next”.

SET

CANCEL

Next
Next

Cancel
Cancel Cancel

1. Select ‘Connect with WPS mode’. 2. Press the “WPS” button from the router 3. Ensure Wireless LAN LED is ON. Press
that will be connected to an air and hold the Wireless LAN button
conditioner. for 5 seconds until “1” is shown on the
 Check the status of Wireless LAN remote control and press SET pointing
LED on the remote control. If the to the air conditioner.
Wireless LAN LED is OFF, press the
Wireless LAN button to enable the
Wireless LAN connection.

167
 Connection Guide Connection Guide
Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 1 Step 2 Step 3

Select the air-condi oner for registra on

Searching for air-condi oner.

Please wait…
Unregistered air-condi oner

Unknown air-conditioner

Registered air-condi oner

Cancel Register

Cancel Retrysearching…
searching…
Retry

4. If the Wireless LAN LED keep blinking, 5. Select the air conditioner model to
check the wireless router connection. register the device.

[Link] Connection Network Using AP Mode (Method 2)

Connection Guide Connection Guide

Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 1 Step 2 Step 3

If Wireless LAN LED is OFF during the connec on By changing the wireless network connec on of
setup, please enable again by pressing “Wireless smartphone to the following network.
LAN” bu on once before proceeding to step .
Press and hold “Wireless LAN” bu on for
5 secs un l easy se ng “1” is shown. SSID: Panasonic-CS-wirelessAP
Press “up” or “down” bu on un l Advance
se ng “2” is shown. Password: Rac8pswi
Point remote control to air-condi oner
and press “SET” bu on once.
A er step ~ have been done, tap“Next”. To wireless network settings of the smartphone.

SET

CANCEL

Next

Cancel Cancel

1. Ensure Wireless LAN LED is ON. Press and hold the Wireless LAN button for 5 seconds
until “1” is shown on the remote control.
Press until “2” is shown on the remote control and press SET pointing to the air conditioner.

168
 Wi-Fi Wi-Fi Direct ADVANCED

ON

grac_adapter

Password
Enter password
Select the following SSID from the
network list in the wireless
router SSID1 router SSID1 Show password

router SSID2 router SSID2 Auto reconnect

router SSID3 router SSID3 Show advanced options

Copy password and next

CANCEL CONNECT

HUAWEI-E5377-F108

MF910_84AA17

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0

Cancel (go back to previous screen) q w e r t y u i o p

a s d f g h j k l

z x c v b n m
.
!@1 English (UK) . Done

2. Copy the password for later use. Select “Panasonic-CS-wirelessAP” from smartphones Wireless LAN setting and enter the copied password.
Return to “Panasonic Comfort Cloud” app.

Connection Guide Connection Guide Connection Guide Connection Guide

Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 1 Step 2 Step 3

Next, setup the wireless network connec on of Connect the network adaptor to the wireless Connect the air-condi oner to the
router. wireless router. wireless router.
air-condi oner.
Select your wireless router Select your wireless router
Network name (SSID)

router SSID1 Network name (SSID) Panasonic-factory-wireless-ap-00

router SSID2 Enter the password of the selected
Security wireless router.
router SSID3 WPA2
Password
router SSID4 Password Password
router SSID5 Password

Other Cancel OK

MAC address of target device MAC address of target device

d8-61-62-2e-44-da d8-61-62-2e-44-c0
Note: Note:
Select 2.4 GHz band if the wireless router Select 2.4 GHz band if the wireless router
supports both 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz band. supports both 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz band.

To wireless network settings OK

Cancel Cancel Cancel Cancel

3. Select the SSID of your wireless router. Enter the password to connect the air conditioner to the wireless router.

Connection Guide Wi-Fi

Step 1 Step 2 Step 3

Wi-Fi

router SSID1
When the connec on of air-condi oner to
router is successful, the Wireless LAN LED
CHOOSE A NETWORK...
changes from blinking to ON.
*It may take up to few minutes before changes router SSID2
to ON.
router SSID3

router SSID4

Other...

Ask to Join Networks

If the Wireless LAN LED is ON, connect the
smartphone to wireless router. (return to this network are available, you will be asked before joining a
new network.

To wireless network settings of the smartphone.

If Wireless LAN LED keep blinking, tap “Check”

Check

Cancel

4. When connection of air conditioner to router is successful, the Wireless LAN LED will
changed from blinking to ON. If the Wireless LAN LED is ON, connect the smartphone to
wireless router. (return to this application after completing the wireless network settings to
continue the setup)
 If the Wireless LAN LED keep blinking, check the wireless router connection.

169
[Link] Select the Air Conditioner and Set the Password

Connection Guide Connection Guide My house

Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 1 Step 2 Step 3

Master room
*If Wireless LAN LED is OFF, please press
Select the air-condioner for registraon
“Wireless LAN” bu on once to enable the
22 23 [Link] 15:50
Wireless LAN before proceed for step .
Unregistered air condioner Press and hold “Wireless LAN” bu on for
5 secs un l easy se ng“1” is shown.
Press “up” or “down”un l device registra on
Registered air condioner
“3” is shown.
Master room Point remote control to air-condi oner Cool
and press “SET” bu on once.

27. 0 SET
C
SET

CANCEL

A er step ~ have been done, tap “Next”.

Cancel Register Next

Cancel
Statistic Weekly timer Quiet Powerful
Retry searching ...

1. Select the air conditioner model to 2. Set a password for new air conditioner 3. Setting completed.
register the device. model to complete the registration.

170
20. Technical Data
Technical data provided are based on the air conditioner running under free frequency.

20.1 Cool Mode Performance Data

Unit setting: Standard piping length, Hi Fan, Cool mode at 16°C Voltage: 230V

20.1.1 CS-Z20VKEW/CU-Z20VKE CS-XZ20VKEW/CU-Z20VKE

Indoor (°C) Outdoor DB (°C)

-10 -7 0 5 16 25 35
DB WB
TC SHC IP TC SHC IP TC SHC IP TC SHC IP TC SHC IP TC SHC IP TC SHC IP
19.0 2304 2100 332 2315 2114 330 2324 2083 332 2258 2095 386 2542 2262 264 2369 2211 350 2050 2022 450
27
22.0 2541 1690 335 2501 1688 365 2513 1684 355 2614 1727 307 2799 1837 252 2596 1736 345 2315 1627 454
15.7 2058 2037 355 2073 2071 339 2052 2051 371 2065 2036 362 2290 2187 272 2124 2119 353 1879 1860 452
23
18.4 2275 1676 332 2291 1673 321 2307 1684 332 2220 1655 378 2434 1752 266 2317 1729 350 2083 1621 452
13.3 1828 1809 406 1811 1793 339 1955 1935 355 1897 1878 370 2154 2133 278 1956 1937 354 1745 1728 451
20
15.8 2076 1654 354 2071 1651 336 2058 1630 373 2019 1607 389 2265 1742 272 2110 1675 353 1893 1575 452

(Dry bulb value based on 46% humidity)

20.1.2 CS-Z25VKEW/CU-Z25VKE CS-XZ25VKEW/CU-Z25VKE

Indoor (°C) Outdoor DB (°C)

-10 -7 0 5 16 25 35
DB WB
TC SHC IP TC SHC IP TC SHC IP TC SHC IP TC SHC IP TC SHC IP TC SHC IP
19.0 2807 2226 393 2821 2240 391 2832 2208 393 2751 2221 458 3097 2397 312 2887 2344 415 2500 2145 520
27
22.0 3097 1791 398 3047 1790 432 3062 1785 420 3185 1831 364 3411 1947 299 3164 1840 410 2821 1725 538
15.7 2508 2204 421 2526 2195 402 2501 2174 440 2516 2158 429 2790 2318 323 2588 2246 419 2289 2151 536
23
18.4 2773 1777 393 2792 1773 380 2811 1785 393 2705 1754 448 2966 1857 315 2823 1832 415 2538 1719 537
13.3 2227 2062 481 2207 2035 402 2382 2160 421 2311 2085 439 2625 2315 330 2384 2190 420 2127 2052 535
20
15.8 2530 1753 420 2523 1749 398 2508 1728 442 2460 1703 462 2760 1846 322 2571 1776 418 2307 1669 536

(Dry bulb value based on 46% humidity)

20.1.3 CS-Z35VKEW/CU-Z35VKE CS-XZ35VKEW/CU-Z35VKE

Indoor (°C) Outdoor DB (°C)

-10 -7 0 5 16 25 35
DB WB
TC SHC IP TC SHC IP TC SHC IP TC SHC IP TC SHC IP TC SHC IP TC SHC IP
19.0 3908 2838 616 3926 2856 613 3942 2814 616 3830 2831 717 4311 3056 490 4019 2987 650 3500 2750 840
27
22.0 4311 2283 623 4242 2281 678 4263 2276 659 4434 2334 571 4749 2482 469 4404 2345 642 3927 2199 843
15.7 3491 2809 659 3517 2798 630 3482 2771 690 3503 2751 672 3884 2954 506 3603 2862 656 3187 2742 840
23
18.4 3860 2265 616 3887 2261 596 3913 2275 617 3766 2235 702 4128 2367 494 3930 2336 651 3533 2191 841
13.3 3100 2628 754 3072 2594 630 3316 2754 660 3218 2657 688 3654 2951 517 3318 2792 659 2960 2615 838
20
15.8 3521 2235 658 3512 2230 624 3491 2202 693 3424 2171 723 3842 2353 505 3579 2264 655 3211 2128 841

(Dry bulb value based on 46% humidity)

171
20.1.4 CS-Z42VKEW/CU-Z42VKE

Indoor (°C) Outdoor DB (°C)

-10 -7 0 5 16 25 35
DB WB
TC SHC IP TC SHC IP TC SHC IP TC SHC IP TC SHC IP TC SHC IP TC SHC IP
19.0 4805 3187 892 4827 3207 887 4847 3160 892 4709 3179 1038 5301 3432 709 4942 3355 941 4200 3095 1240
27
22.0 5300 2564 902 5215 2562 981 5241 2556 954 5451 2621 827 5838 2787 679 5415 2634 929 4828 2469 1221
15.7 4292 3155 955 4324 3142 912 4281 3112 998 4307 3089 973 4776 3318 732 4430 3215 950 3918 3079 1216
23
18.4 4745 2543 892 4779 2539 863 4811 2555 892 4630 2511 1017 5076 2658 714 4832 2623 942 4344 2460 1217
13.3 3812 2951 1092 3777 2913 913 4077 3093 955 3956 2984 997 4493 3314 749 4080 3135 953 3640 2937 1213
20
15.8 4330 2510 953 4318 2504 904 4293 2473 1002 4210 2438 1047 4724 2643 731 4401 2542 948 3948 2390 1217

(Dry bulb value based on 46% humidity)

20.1.5 CS-Z50VKEW/CU-Z50VKE CS-XZ50VKEW/CU-Z50VKE

Indoor (°C) Outdoor DB (°C)

-10 -7 0 5 16 25 35
DB WB
TC SHC IP TC SHC IP TC SHC IP TC SHC IP TC SHC IP TC SHC IP TC SHC IP
19.0 5646 4533 1038 5762 4538 934 5808 4589 950 5729 4577 924 5859 4603 872 5439 4388 1103 5000 4246 1410
27
22.0 6394 3701 914 6429 3695 854 6289 3664 982 6210 3582 974 6442 3669 833 5970 3467 1118 5501 3319 1428
15.7 5281 4531 940 5294 4546 867 5140 4450 975 5292 4556 898 5097 4370 900 4876 4204 1113 4542 4223 1410
23
18.4 5718 3681 887 5728 3676 924 5536 3581 1031 5739 3665 930 5600 3499 877 5328 3452 1133 4949 3307 1423
13.3 4097 3956 774 4056 3986 824 3860 3821 646 3489 3454 524 4966 4916 920 4491 4101 1117 4219 4028 1407
20
15.8 5140 3534 1017 4345 3115 807 4513 3156 777 4020 2976 553 5212 3478 897 4852 3346 1141 4498 3212 1423

(Dry bulb value based on 46% humidity)

20.1.6 CS-Z71VKEW/CU-Z71VKE

Indoor (°C) Outdoor DB (°C)

-10 -7 0 5 16 25 35
DB WB
TC SHC IP TC SHC IP TC SHC IP TC SHC IP TC SHC IP TC SHC IP TC SHC IP
19.0 8017 5673 1597 8181 5679 1438 8248 5742 1462 8135 5728 1422 8319 5761 1341 7724 5491 1697 7100 5313 2170
27
22.0 9079 4631 1407 9129 4624 1315 8931 4585 1512 8818 4483 1499 9147 4591 1282 8477 4339 1720 7811 4154 2197
15.7 7499 5671 1447 7518 5689 1334 7298 5568 1500 7515 5701 1382 7238 5468 1386 6923 5262 1713 6450 5285 2170
23
18.4 8119 4607 1365 8133 4601 1422 7860 4482 1587 8149 4586 1431 7953 4378 1349 7565 4321 1744 7027 4139 2191
13.3 5817 4950 1191 5760 4988 1268 5481 4964 995 4954 4470 806 7052 6981 1417 6377 5132 1719 5992 5041 2165
20
15.8 7299 4423 1566 6170 3898 1241 6408 3949 1195 5709 3725 851 7402 4353 1381 6889 4187 1755 6387 4020 2190

(Dry bulb value based on 46% humidity)

TC - Total Cooling Capacity (W)

SHC - Sensible Heat Capacity (W)
IP - Input Power (W)

172
20.2 Heat Mode Performance Data
Unit setting: Standard piping length, Hi Fan, Heat mode at 30°C Voltage: 230V

20.2.1 CS-Z20VKEW/CU-Z20VKE CS-XZ20VKEW/CU-Z20VKE

Indoor (°C) Outdoor WB (°C)

-15 -7 2 7 12
DB
TC IP TC IP TC IP TC IP TC IP
24 2026 902 2207 885 2817 850 2688 627 2861 624
20 2029 853 2380 880 2900 870 2800 620 2976 624
16 1912 807 2501 841 2919 828 3073 625 3154 623

20.2.2 CS-Z25VKEW/CU-Z25VKE CS-XZ25VKEW/CU-Z25VKE

Indoor (°C) Outdoor WB (°C)

-15 -7 2 7 12
DB
TC IP TC IP TC IP TC IP TC IP
24 2492 1115 2685 1157 3516 1094 3200 729 3407 725
20 2496 1055 2950 1150 3620 1120 3400 710 3544 725
16 2352 999 3042 1101 3643 1066 3659 727 3756 724

20.2.3 CS-Z35VKEW/CU-Z35VKE CS-XZ35VKEW/CU-Z35VKE

Indoor (°C) Outdoor WB (°C)

-15 -7 2 7 12
DB
TC IP TC IP TC IP TC IP TC IP
24 2736 1279 2913 1359 3876 1279 3735 921 3976 917
20 2740 1210 3200 1350 3990 1310 4000 920 4137 917
16 2582 1145 3300 1292 4016 1247 4270 919 4384 915

20.2.4 CS-Z42VKEW/CU-Z42VKE

Indoor (°C) Outdoor WB (°C)

-15 -7 2 7 12
DB
TC IP TC IP TC IP TC IP TC IP
24 3522 1716 3798 1684 4789 1680 4950 1442 5269 1435
20 3527 1624 4110 1730 4930 1720 5300 1440 5481 1435
16 3324 1537 4304 1602 4962 1637 5658 1439 5809 1432

20.2.5 CS-Z50VKEW/CU-Z50VKE CS-XZ50VKEW/CU-Z50VKE

Indoor (°C) Outdoor WB (°C)

-15 -7 2 7 12
DB
TC IP TC IP TC IP TC IP TC IP
24 3983 1950 4352 2104 5583 2250 5441 1439 5597 1433
20 4117 1879 4800 2100 5800 2240 5800 1440 6054 1433
16 4448 1779 4964 2096 6226 1902 5713 1432 6475 1439

173
20.2.6 CS-Z71VKEW/CU-Z71VKE

Indoor (°C) Outdoor WB (°C)

-15 -7 2 7 12
DB
TC IP TC IP TC IP TC IP TC IP
24 4538 2049 5721 2505 7114 2532 8068 2349 8298 2338
20 4690 1974 6310 2500 7390 2520 8600 2350 8977 2338
16 5067 1869 6526 2495 7933 2140 8471 2337 9601 2348

TC - Total Cooling Capacity (W)

SHC - Sensible Heat Capacity (W)
IP - Input Power (W)

174
21. Service Data
Service data provided are based on the air conditioner running under rated frequency during forced cooling / forced
heating mode.

21.1 Cool Mode Outdoor Air Temperature Characteristic

Condition
- Indoor room temperature: 27°C Dry Bulb/19°C Wet Bulb
- Unit setting: Standard piping length, forced cooling at 16°C, Hi fan
- Compressor frequency: Rated for cooling operation
- Piping length: 5m
- Voltage: 230V

21.1.1 CS-Z20VKEW CU-Z20VKE CS-XZ20VKEW CU-Z20VKE

22.00
21.00
Air Temperature (°C)
Indoor Discharge

20.00
19.00
18.00
17.00
16.00
15.00
14.00
13.00
12.00
12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 48

Outdoor Air Temperature (°C)

3.00

2.50
Current (A)

2.00

1.50

1.00
12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 48

Outdoor Air Temperature (°C)

1.40

1.30
Low Pressure (MPa)

1.20

1.10

1.00

0.90

0.80
12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 48

Outdoor Air Temperature (°C)

175
21.1.2 CS-Z25VKEW CU-Z25VKE CS-XZ25VKEW CU-Z25VKE

20.00

Air Temperature (°C)

Indoor Discharge
18.00

16.00

14.00

12.00
12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 48

Outdoor Air Temperature (°C)

3.00
2.80
2.60
2.40
Current (A)

2.20
2.00
1.80
1.60
1.40
1.20
1.00
12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 48

Outdoor Air Temperature (°C)

1.40
Low Pressure (MPa)

1.30

1.20

1.10

1.00

0.90

0.80
12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 48

Outdoor Air Temperature (°C)

176
21.1.3 CS-Z35VKEW CU-Z35VKE CS-XZ35VKEW CU-Z35VKE

16.00
15.50

Air Temperature (°C)

Indoor Discharge
15.00
14.50
14.00
13.50
13.00
12.50
12.00
11.50
11.00
12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 48

Outdoor Air Temperature (°C)

5.00
4.50
4.00
Current (A)

3.50
3.00
2.50
2.00
1.50
12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 48

Outdoor Air Temperature (°C)

1.10
Low Pressure (MPa)

1.05

1.00

0.95

0.90

0.85

0.80
12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 48

Outdoor Air Temperature (°C)

177
21.1.4 CS-Z42VKEW CU-Z42VKE

13.00

Air Temperature (°C)

12.50

Indoor Discharge
12.00
11.50
11.00
10.50
10.00
12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 48

Outdoor Air Temperature (°C)

7.00
6.50
6.00
5.50
Current (A)

5.00
4.50
4.00
3.50
3.00
2.50
12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 48

Outdoor Air Temperature (°C)

1.12
1.08
Low Pressure (MPa)

1.04
1.00
0.96
0.92
0.88
0.84
0.80
12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 48

Outdoor Air Temperature (°C)

178
21.1.5 CS-Z50VKEW CU-Z50VKE CS-XZ50VKEW CU-Z50VKE
18.0

Air Temperature (°C)

17.0

Indoor Discharge
16.0

15.0

14.0

13.0

12.0
13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31 33 35 37 39 41 43 45

Outdoor Air Temperature (°C)

8.00

7.00
Current (A)

6.00

5.00

4.00

3.00

2.00
13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31 33 35 37 39 41 43 45

Outdoor Air Temperature (°C)

1.10
Low Pressure (MPa)

1.00

0.90
13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31 33 35 37 39 41 43 45

Outdoor Air Temperature (°C)

179
21.1.6 CS-Z71VKEW CU-Z71VKE

16.0

Air Temperature (°C)

Indoor Discharge
15.0

14.0

13.0

12.0
13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31 33 35 37 39 41 43 45

Outdoor Air Temperature (°C)

12.00

11.00

10.00
Current (A)

9.00

8.00

7.00

6.00

5.00
13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31 33 35 37 39 41 43 45

Outdoor Air Temperature (°C)

1.10
Low Pressure (MPa)

1.00

0.90
13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31 33 35 37 39 41 43 45

Outdoor Air Temperature (°C)

180
21.2 Heat Mode Outdoor Air Temperature Characteristic
Condition
- Indoor room temperature: 20°C Dry Bulb/ -°C Wet Bulb
- Unit setting: Standard piping length, forced heating at 30°C, Hi fan
- Compressor frequency: Rated for Heating operation
- Piping length: 5m
- Voltage: 230V

21.2.1 CS-Z20VKEW CU-Z20VKE CS-XZ20VKEW CU-Z20VKE

45
40
Air Temperature (°C)
Indoor Discharge

35
30
25
20
15
10
5
0
-20 -15 -10 -5 0 5 10 15

Outdoor Air Temperature (°C)

3.00

2.80

2.60
Current (A)

2.40

2.20

2.00

1.80
-20 -15 -10 -5 0 5 10 15

Outdoor Air Temperature (°C)

3.00
High Pressure (MPa)

2.50

2.00

1.50

1.00

0.50

0.00
-20 -15 -10 -5 0 5 10 15

Outdoor Air Temperature (°C)

181
21.2.2 CS-Z25VKEW CU-Z25VKE CS-XZ25VKEW CU-Z25VKE

44

Air Temperature (°C)

40

Indoor Discharge
36
32
28
24
20
-20 -15 -10 -5 0 5 10 15

Outdoor Air Temperature (°C)

3.70
3.50
3.30
Current (A)

3.10
2.90
2.70
2.50
2.30
2.10
-20 -15 -10 -5 0 5 10 15

Outdoor Air Temperature (°C)

2.80
2.60
High Pressure (MPa)

2.40
2.20
2.00
1.80
1.60
1.40
1.20
1.00
0.80
-20 -15 -10 -5 0 5 10 15

Outdoor Air Temperature (°C)

182
21.2.3 CS-Z35VKEW CU-Z35VKE CS-XZ35VKEW CU-Z35VKE

44

Air Temperature (°C)

40

Indoor Discharge
36
32
28
24
20
-20 -15 -10 -5 0 5 10 15
Outdoor Air Temperature (°C)

4.50

4.00
Current (A)

3.50

3.00

2.50
-20 -15 -10 -5 0 5 10 15

Outdoor Air Temperature (°C)

3.00
2.80
High Pressure (MPa)

2.60
2.40
2.20
2.00
1.80
1.60
1.40
1.20
-20 -15 -10 -5 0 5 10 15

Outdoor Air Temperature (°C)

183
21.2.4 CS-Z42VKEW CU-Z42VKE

52

Air Temperature (°C)

48

Indoor Discharge
44
40
36
32
28
24
-20 -15 -10 -5 0 5 10 15
Outdoor Air Temperature (°C)

7.00

6.50

6.00
Current (A)

5.50

5.00

4.50

4.00
-20 -15 -10 -5 0 5 10 15

Outdoor Air Temperature (°C)

3.40
3.20
High Pressure (MPa)

3.00
2.80
2.60
2.40
2.20
2.00
1.80
1.60
-20 -15 -10 -5 0 5 10 15

Outdoor Air Temperature (°C)

184
21.2.5 CS-Z50VKEW CU-Z50VKE CS-XZ50VKEW CU-Z50VKE
55.00

50.00

Air Temperature (°C)

Indoor Discharge 45.00

40.00

35.00

30.00

25.00
-16 -14 -12 -10 -8 -6 -4 -2 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26

Outdoor Air Temperature (°C)

10.00

9.00

8.00
Current (A)

7.00

6.00

5.00

4.00

3.00
-16 -14 -12 -10 -8 -6 -4 -2 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26

Outdoor Air Temperature (°C)

4.50

4.00
High Pressure (MPa)

3.50

3.00

2.50

2.00

1.50

1.00
-16 -14 -12 -10 -8 -6 -4 -2 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26

Outdoor Air Temperature (°C)

185
21.2.6 CS-Z71VKEW CU-Z71VKE

65.00
60.00
Air Temperature (°C)
Indoor Discharge
55.00
50.00
45.00
40.00
35.00
30.00
25.00
-16 -14 -12 -10 -8 -6 -4 -2 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26

Outdoor Air Temperature (°C)

15.00
14.00
13.00
12.00
Current (A)

11.00
10.00
9.00
8.00
7.00
6.00
-16 -14 -12 -10 -8 -6 -4 -2 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26

Outdoor Air Temperature (°C)

4.50

4.00
High Pressure (MPa)

3.50

3.00

2.50

2.00

1.50

1.00
-16 -14 -12 -10 -8 -6 -4 -2 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26

Outdoor Air Temperature (°C)

186
21.3 Piping Length Correction Factor
The characteristic of the unit has to be corrected in accordance with the piping length.

21.3.1 CS-Z20VKEW CU-Z20VKE CS-Z25VKEW CU-Z25VKE CS-Z35VKEW CU-Z35VKE

CS-Z42VKEW CU-Z42VKE CS-XZ20VKEW CU-Z20VKE CS-XZ25VKEW CU-Z25VKE
CS-XZ35VKEW CU-Z35VKE

1.02 Cooling Capacity

Correction Factor
Cooling Capacity

3 1.0119
1.00
5 1.0000
0.98 7 0.9792
0.96 10 0.9650
15 0.9429
0.94
0.92
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

Pipe Length (m)

1.04 Heating Capacity

1.02 3 1.0261
Correction Factor
Heating Capacity

1.00 5 1.0000
0.98 7 0.9687
10 0.9465
0.96
15 0.9237
0.94
0.92
0.90
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

Pipe Length (m)

Note: The graphs show the factor after added right amount of additional refrigerant.

187
21.3.2 CS-Z50VKEW CU-Z50VKE CS-Z71VKEW CU-Z71VKE CS-XZ50VKEW CU-Z50VKE

1.03 Cooling Capacity

Correction Factor
Cooling Capacity

3 1.0159
1.01
5 1.0000
0.99 10 0.9889
15 0.9800
0.97 20 0.9746
30 0.951634
0.95
2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32

Pipe Length (m)

1.01 Heating Capacity

1.01
Correction Factor

3 1.0056
Heating Capacity

1.00
1.00 5 1.0000
0.99 10 0.9931
0.99 15 0.9828
0.98
20 0.9741
0.98
0.97 30 0.9677
0.97
0.96
2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32

Pipe Length (m)

Note: The graphs show the factor after added right amount of additional refrigerant.
Maximum piping length for Z50VKE is 20 meters.
Maximum piping length for Z71VKE is 30 meters.

188
22. Exploded View and Replacement Parts List
22.1 Indoor Unit
22.1.1 CS-Z20VKEW CS-Z25VKEW CS-Z35VKEW CS-Z42VKEW
CS-XZ20VKEW CS-XZ25VKEW CS-XZ35VKEW

42 CWH55025J
47
CWH55051J
46
3

1
5
25

21

8 7

36 9
22

23

39 6
10
14

20

11
A 13

37
43
17

A 18 16
12
40
15

A
41 24
45

33

A
43
44

27

26
28
64 35
31
32

34

30
65

O/I 49 I/I 53 57
I/I I/I 61

O/I 50 I/I 54 I/I 58

I/I 62 38

O/I 51 I/I 55 I/I 59

I/I 63

67
O/I 52 56 60
I/I I/I

66

Note
The above exploded view is for the purpose of parts disassembly and replacement.
The non-numbered parts are not kept as standard service parts.

189
SAFETY REF. NO. PART NAME & DESCRIPTION QTY. CS-Z20VKEW CS-Z25VKEW REMARK
1 CHASSIS COMPLETE 1 ACXD50C00200 ←
2 FAN MOTOR 1 L6CBYYYL0175 ← O
3 CROSS-FLOW FAN COMPLETE 1 CWH02C1076 ←
4 BEARING ASSY 1 CWH64K1010 ←
5 SCREW - CROSS-FLOW FAN 1 CWH551146 ←
6 PARTICULAR PIECE 1 CWD933067B ←
7 EVAPORATOR 1 ACXB30C12920 ACXB30C00920
8 FLARE NUT (LIQUID) 1 CWT251048 ←
9 FLARE NUT (GAS) 1 CWT251049 ←
10 CONTROL BOARD CASING 1 ACXH10-00200 ←
11 PARTICULAR PIECE - COVER 1 CWD933138 ←
12 TERMINAL BOARD COMPLETE 1 ACXA28C05590 ← O
13 ELECTRONIC CONTROLLER - MAIN 1 ACXA73C50760 ACXA73C50920 O
14 ELECTRONIC CONTROLLER - SUB 1 ACXA73-28560 ← O
15 ELECTRONIC CONTROLLER - INDICATOR 1 ACXA73-08140 ← O
16 ELECTRONIC CONTROLLER - RECEIVER 1 ACXA73-07240 ← O
17 HOLDER - RECEIVER 1 ACXD93-00700 ←
18 INDICATOR HOLDER 1 ACXD93-00930 ←
20 SENSOR COMPLETE 1 CWA50C2664 ← O
21 GENERATOR COMPLETE 1 ACXH94C00960 ←
22 ELECTRONIC CONTROLLER - WIFI 1 ACXA73-28520 ←
23 CONTROL BOARD TOP COVER 1 ACXH13-00190 ←
24 DISCHARGE GRILLE COMPLETE 1 ACXE20C05020 ←
25 BACK COVER CHASSIS 1 CWD933233C ←
26 FULCRUM 1 ACXH62-00040 ←
27 VERTICAL VANE 8 CWE241457 ←
28 CONNECTING BAR 1 CWE261314 ←
30 AIR SWING MOTOR 1 ACXA98K00020 ← O
31 AIR SWING MOTOR 1 ACXA98-01990 ← O
32 AIR SWING MOTOR 1 ACXA98-01960 ← O
33 CAP - DRAIN TRAY 1 CWH521259 ←
34 HORIZONTAL VANE COMPLETE 1 ACXE24C01020 ←
35 HORIZONTAL VANE COMPLETE 1 ACXE24C03830 ←
36 DUCT - COMPLETE 1 ACXD22C00230 ←
37 CONTROL BOARD COVER - COMPLETE 1 ACXH13C00150 ←
38 REMOTE CONTROL COMPLETE 1 ACXA75C16210 ← O
39 FRONT GRILLE COMPLETE 1 ACXE10C09070 ACXE10C09080 O
40 INTAKE GRILLE COMPLETE 1 ACXE22K01110 ←
41 GRILLE DOOR COMPLETE 1 CWE14C1090 ←
42 AIR FILTER 2 CWD001279 ← O
43 SCREW - FRONT GRILLE 3 XTT4+16CFJ ←
44 CAP - FRONT GRILLE 2 ACXH52-00020 ←
45 DRAIN HOSE 1 ACXH85-00210 ←
46 INSTALLATION PLATE 1 CWH361147 ←
47 BAG COMPLETE - INSTALLATION SCREW 1 CWH82C1705 ←
49 OPERATING INSTRUCTION 1 ACXF55-22540 ←
50 OPERATING INSTRUCTION 1 ACXF55-22550 ←
51 OPERATING INSTRUCTION 1 ACXF55-22700 ←

190
 SAFETY REF. NO. PART NAME & DESCRIPTION QTY. CS-Z20VKEW CS-Z25VKEW REMARK
52 OPERATING INSTRUCTION 1 ACXF55-22710 ←
53 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTION 1 ACXF60-34310 ←
54 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTION 1 ACXF60-34320 ←
55 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTION 1 ACXF60-34330 ←
56 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTION 1 ACXF60-34340 ←
57 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTION 1 ACXF60-34350 ←
58 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTION 1 ACXF60-34360 ←
59 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTION 1 ACXF60-34370 ←
60 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTION 1 ACXF60-34380 ←
61 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTION 1 ACXF60-34390 ←
62 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTION 1 ACXF60-34400 ←
63 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTION 1 ACXF60-34410 ←
64 BAG 1 CWG861497 ←
65 SHOCK ABSORBER 1 ACXG70-00380 ←
66 SHOCK ABSORBER 1 ACXG70-00390 ←
67 C. C. CASE 1 ACXG50-48970 ←

(NOTE)
 All parts are supplied from PAPAMY, Malaysia (Vendor Code: 00029488).
 “O” marked parts are recommended to be kept in stock.

191
SAFETY REF. NO. PART NAME & DESCRIPTION QTY. CS-Z35VKEW CS-Z42VKEW REMARK
1 CHASSIS COMPLETE 1 ACXD50C00200 ←
2 FAN MOTOR 1 L6CBYYYL0037 ← O
3 CROSS-FLOW FAN COMPLETE 1 CWH02C1076 ←
4 BEARING ASSY 1 CWH64K1010 ←
5 SCREW - CROSS-FLOW FAN 1 CWH551146 ←
6 PARTICULAR PIECE 1 CWD933067B ←
7 EVAPORATOR 1 ACXB30C00920 ACXB30C11020
8 FLARE NUT (LIQUID) 1 CWT251030 ←
9 FLARE NUT (GAS) 1 CWT251031 CWT251073
10 CONTROL BOARD CASING 1 ACXH10-00200 ←
11 PARTICULAR PIECE - COVER 1 CWD933138 ←
12 TERMINAL BOARD COMPLETE 1 ACXA28C05590 ← O
13 ELECTRONIC CONTROLLER - MAIN 1 ACXA73C50930 ACXA73C50940 O
14 ELECTRONIC CONTROLLER - SUB 1 ACXA73-28560 ← O
15 ELECTRONIC CONTROLLER - INDICATOR 1 ACXA73-08140 ← O
16 ELECTRONIC CONTROLLER - RECEIVER 1 ACXA73-07240 ← O
17 HOLDER - RECEIVER 1 ACXD93-00700 ←
18 INDICATOR HOLDER 1 ACXD93-00930 ←
20 SENSOR COMPLETE 1 CWA50C2664 ← O
21 GENERATOR COMPLETE 1 ACXH94C00800 ACXH94C00960
22 ELECTRONIC CONTROLLER - WIFI 1 ACXA73-28520 ←
23 CONTROL BOARD TOP COVER 1 ACXH13-00190 ←
24 DISCHARGE GRILLE COMPLETE 1 ACXE20C05020 ←
25 BACK COVER CHASSIS 1 CWD933233C ←
26 FULCRUM 1 ACXH62-00040 ←
27 VERTICAL VANE 8 CWE241457 ←
28 CONNECTING BAR 1 CWE261314 ←
30 AIR SWING MOTOR 1 ACXA98K00020 ← O
31 AIR SWING MOTOR 1 ACXA98-01990 ← O
32 AIR SWING MOTOR 1 ACXA98-01960 ← O
33 CAP - DRAIN TRAY 1 CWH521259 ←
34 HORIZONTAL VANE COMPLETE 1 ACXE24C01020 ←
35 HORIZONTAL VANE COMPLETE 1 ACXE24C03830 ←
36 DUCT - COMPLETE 1 ACXD22C00230 ←
37 CONTROL BOARD COVER - COMPLETE 1 ACXH13C00150 ←
38 REMOTE CONTROL COMPLETE 1 ACXA75C16210 ← O
39 FRONT GRILLE COMPLETE 1 ACXE10C09080 ← O
40 INTAKE GRILLE COMPLETE 1 ACXE22K01110 ←
41 GRILLE DOOR COMPLETE 1 CWE14C1090 ←
42 AIR FILTER 2 CWD001279 ← O
43 SCREW - FRONT GRILLE 3 XTT4+16CFJ ←
44 CAP - FRONT GRILLE 2 ACXH52-00020 ←
45 DRAIN HOSE 1 ACXH85-00210 ←
46 INSTALLATION PLATE 1 CWH361147 ←
47 BAG COMPLETE - INSTALLATION SCREW 1 CWH82C1705 ←
49 OPERATING INSTRUCTION 1 ACXF55-22540 ←
50 OPERATING INSTRUCTION 1 ACXF55-22550 ←
51 OPERATING INSTRUCTION 1 ACXF55-22700 ←

192
 SAFETY REF. NO. PART NAME & DESCRIPTION QTY. CS-Z35VKEW CS-Z42VKEW REMARK
52 OPERATING INSTRUCTION 1 ACXF55-22710 ←
53 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTION 1 ACXF60-34310 ←
54 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTION 1 ACXF60-34320 ←
55 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTION 1 ACXF60-34330 ←
56 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTION 1 ACXF60-34340 ←
57 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTION 1 ACXF60-34350 ←
58 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTION 1 ACXF60-34360 ←
59 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTION 1 ACXF60-34370 ←
60 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTION 1 ACXF60-34380 ←
61 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTION 1 ACXF60-34390 ←
62 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTION 1 ACXF60-34400 ←
63 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTION 1 ACXF60-34410 ←
64 BAG 1 CWG861497 ←
65 SHOCK ABSORBER 1 ACXG70-00380 ←
66 SHOCK ABSORBER 1 ACXG70-00390 ←
67 C. C. CASE 1 ACXG50-48970 ←

(NOTE)
 All parts are supplied from PAPAMY, Malaysia (Vendor Code: 00029488).
 “O” marked parts are recommended to be kept in stock.

193
 REF.
SAFETY PART NAME & DESCRIPTION QTY. CS-XZ20VKEW CS-XZ25VKEW CS-XZ35VKEW REMARK
NO.
1 CHASSIS COMPLETE 1 CWD50C1605 ← ←
2 FAN MOTOR 1 L6CBYYYL0175 ← ← O
3 CROSS-FLOW FAN COMPLETE 1 CWH02C1076 ← ←
4 BEARING ASSY 1 CWH64K1010 ← ←
5 SCREW - CROSS-FLOW FAN 1 CWH551146 ← ←
6 PARTICULAR PIECE 1 CWD933067A ← ←
7 EVAPORATOR 1 CWB30C4659 ACXB30C00920 ←
8 FLARE NUT (LIQUID) 1 CWT251030 ← ←
9 FLARE NUT (GAS) 1 CWT251031 ← ←
10 CONTROL BOARD CASING 1 ACXH10-00200 ← ←
11 PARTICULAR PIECE - COVER 1 CWD933138 ← ←
12 TERMINAL BOARD COMPLETE 1 ACXA28C05590 ← ← O
13 ELECTRONIC CONTROLLER - MAIN 1 ACXA73C50760 ACXA73C50920 ACXA73C50930 O
14 ELECTRONIC CONTROLLER - SUB 1 ACXA73-28560 ← ← O
ELECTRONIC CONTROLLER -
15 1 ACXA73-08140 ← ← O
INDICATOR
ELECTRONIC CONTROLLER -
16 1 ACXA73-07240 ← ← O
RECEIVER
17 HOLDER - RECEIVER 1 ACXD93-00700 ← ←
18 INDICATOR HOLDER 1 ACXD93-00930 ← ←
20 SENSOR COMPLETE 1 CWA50C2664 ← ← O
21 GENERATOR COMPLETE 1 ACXH94C00960 ← ←
22 ELECTRONIC CONTROLLER - WIFI 1 ACXA73-28520 ← ←
23 CONTROL BOARD TOP COVER 1 ACXH13-00190 ← ←
24 DISCHARGE GRILLE COMPLETE 1 ACXE20C05030 ← ←
25 BACK COVER CHASSIS 1 CWD933233A ← ←
26 FULCRUM 1 ACXH62-00040 ← ←
27 VERTICAL VANE 8 CWE241457 ← ←
28 CONNECTING BAR 1 CWE261314 ← ←
30 AIR SWING MOTOR 1 ACXA98K00020 ← ← O
31 AIR SWING MOTOR 1 ACXA98-01990 ← ← O
32 AIR SWING MOTOR 1 ACXA98-01960 ← ← O
33 CAP - DRAIN TRAY 1 CWH521259 ← ←
34 HORIZONTAL VANE COMPLETE 1 ACXE24C00390 ← ←
35 HORIZONTAL VANE COMPLETE 1 ACXE24C03830 ← ←
36 DUCT - COMPLETE 1 ACXD22C00230 ← ←
CONTROL BOARD COVER -
37 1 ACXH13C00150 ← ←
COMPLETE
38 REMOTE CONTROL COMPLETE 1 ACXA75C16210 ← ← O
39 FRONT GRILLE COMPLETE 1 ACXE10C09130 ACXE10C09140 ← O
40 INTAKE GRILLE COMPLETE 1 ACXE22K00120 ← ←
41 GRILLE DOOR COMPLETE 1 CWE14C1091 ← ←
42 AIR FILTER 2 CWD001279 ← ← O
43 SCREW - FRONT GRILLE 3 XTT4+16CFJ ← ←
44 CAP - FRONT GRILLE 2 ACXH52-00020A ← ←
45 DRAIN HOSE 1 ACXH85-00210 ← ←
46 INSTALLATION PLATE 1 CWH361147 ← ←
BAG COMPLETE - INSTALLATION
47 1 CWH82C1705 ← ←
SCREW
49 OPERATING INSTRUCTION 1 ACXF55-22540 ← ←
50 OPERATING INSTRUCTION 1 ACXF55-22550 ← ←
51 OPERATING INSTRUCTION 1 ACXF55-22700 ← ←

194
 REF.
SAFETY PART NAME & DESCRIPTION QTY. CS-XZ20VKEW CS-XZ25VKEW CS-XZ35VKEW REMARK
NO.
52 OPERATING INSTRUCTION 1 ACXF55-22710 ← ←
53 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTION 1 ACXF60-34310 ← ←
54 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTION 1 ACXF60-34320 ← ←
55 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTION 1 ACXF60-34330 ← ←
56 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTION 1 ACXF60-34340 ← ←
57 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTION 1 ACXF60-34350 ← ←
58 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTION 1 ACXF60-34360 ← ←
59 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTION 1 ACXF60-34370 ← ←
60 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTION 1 ACXF60-34380 ← ←
61 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTION 1 ACXF60-34390 ← ←
62 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTION 1 ACXF60-34400 ← ←
63 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTION 1 ACXF60-34410 ← ←
64 BAG 1 CWG861497 ← ←
65 SHOCK ABSORBER 1 ACXG70-00380 ← ←
66 SHOCK ABSORBER 1 ACXG70-00390 ← ←
67 C. C. CASE 1 ACXG50-48970 ← ←

(NOTE)
 All parts are supplied from PAPAMY, Malaysia (Vendor Code: 00029488).
 “O” marked parts are recommended to be kept in stock.

195
22.1.2 CS-Z50VKEW CS-Z71VKEW CS-XZ50VKEW

42 CWH55025J
47
CWH55051J
46
3

5 1 25

21

8 7
22 9
36

23

39 6
10
14

20

A 11
13

37
A
43

40 19
12
A

15
18
A
24
45
41
A
33

A
43

44 27

28

35 31

29
26 32
64 34

30

66
O/I 49 I/I 53 57
I/I I/I 61

O/I 50 I/I 54 38
I/I 58 62
I/I

O/I 51 I/I 55 I/I 59

I/I 63

O/I 52 56 60
I/I I/I

67

65

Note
The above exploded view is for the purpose of parts disassembly and replacement.
The non-numbered parts are not kept as standard service parts.

196
SAFETY REF. NO. PART NAME & DESCRIPTION QTY. CS-Z50VKEW CS-Z71VKEW REMARK
1 CHASSIS COMPLETE 1 ACXD50C01590 ←
2 FAN MOTOR 1 L6CBYYYL0193 L6CBYYYL0194 O
3 CROSS-FLOW FAN COMPLETE 1 CWH02C1136 ←
4 BEARING ASSY 1 CWH64K1010 ←
5 SCREW - CROSS-FLOW FAN 1 CWH551146 ←
6 PARTICULAR PIECE 1 CWD933067B ←
7 EVAPORATOR 1 ACXB30C02760 ACXB30C01700
8 FLARE NUT (LIQUID) 1 CWT251030 ←
9 FLARE NUT (GAS) 1 CWT251032 CWT251033
10 CONTROL BOARD CASING 1 ACXH10-00720 ←
11 PARTICULAR PIECE - COVER 1 CWD933138 ←
12 TERMINAL BOARD COMPLETE 1 ACXA28C05590 ← O
13 ELECTRONIC CONTROLLER - MAIN 1 ACXA73C50950 ACXA73C50960 O
14 ELECTRONIC CONTROLLER - SUB 1 ACXA73-28560 ← O
15 ELECTRONIC CONTROLLER - INDICATOR 1 ACXA73-29790 ← O
18 INDICATOR HOLDER 1 ACXD93-01960 ←
19 INDICATOR HOLDER 1 ACXD93-01970 ←
20 SENSOR COMPLETE 1 CWA50C3226 CWA50C2664 O
21 GENERATOR COMPLETE 1 ACXH94C00970 ←
22 ELECTRONIC CONTROLLER - WIFI 1 ACXA73-28520 ←
23 CONTROL BOARD TOP COVER 1 ACXH13-00430 ←
24 DISCHARGE GRILLE COMPLETE 1 ACXE20C00490 ←
25 BACK COVER CHASSIS 1 ACXD93-10180 ←
26 FULCRUM 2 ACXH62-00080 ←
27 VERTICAL VANE 11 ACXE24-00400 ←
28 CONNECTING BAR 1 ACXE26-00190 ←
29 CONNECTING BAR 1 ACXE26-00200 ←
30 AIR SWING MOTOR 1 ACXA98K00030 ← O
31 AIR SWING MOTOR 1 ACXA98-01990 ← O
32 AIR SWING MOTOR 1 ACXA98-02000 ← O
33 CAP - DRAIN TRAY 1 CWH521259 ←
34 HORIZONTAL VANE COMPLETE 1 ACXE24C00550 ←
35 HORIZONTAL VANE COMPLETE 1 ACXE24C00540 ←
36 DUCT - COMPLETE 1 ACXD22C00240 ←
37 CONTROL BOARD COVER - COMPLETE 1 ACXH13C00150 ←
38 REMOTE CONTROL COMPLETE 1 ACXA75C16210 ← O
39 FRONT GRILLE COMPLETE 1 ACXE10C09090 ACXE10C09100 O
40 INTAKE GRILLE COMPLETE 1 ACXE22K00160 ←
41 GRILLE DOOR COMPLETE 1 ACXE14C00050 ←
42 AIR FILTER 2 ACXD00-00250 ← O
43 SCREW - FRONT GRILLE 4 XTT4+16CFJ ←
44 CAP - FRONT GRILLE 3 ACXH52-00100 ←
45 DRAIN HOSE 1 ACXH85-00210 ←
46 INSTALLATION PLATE 1 CWH361098 ←
47 BAG COMPLETE - INSTALLATION SCREW 1 CWH82C1705 ←
49 OPERATING INSTRUCTION 1 ACXF55-22540 ←
50 OPERATING INSTRUCTION 1 ACXF55-22550 ←
51 OPERATING INSTRUCTION 1 ACXF55-22700 ←

197
 SAFETY REF. NO. PART NAME & DESCRIPTION QTY. CS-Z50VKEW CS-Z71VKEW REMARK
52 OPERATING INSTRUCTION 1 ACXF55-22710 ←
53 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTION 1 ACXF60-34310 ←
54 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTION 1 ACXF60-34320 ←
55 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTION 1 ACXF60-34330 ←
56 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTION 1 ACXF60-34340 ←
57 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTION 1 ACXF60-34350 ←
58 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTION 1 ACXF60-34360 ←
59 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTION 1 ACXF60-34370 ←
60 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTION 1 ACXF60-34380 ←
61 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTION 1 ACXF60-34390 ←
62 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTION 1 ACXF60-34400 ←
63 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTION 1 ACXF60-34410 ←
64 BAG 1 ACXG86-00130 ←
65 SHOCK ABSORBER 1 ACXG70-00840 ←
66 SHOCK ABSORBER 1 ACXG70-00850 ←
67 C. C. CASE 1 ACXG50-49010 ←

(NOTE)
 All parts are supplied from PAPAMY, Malaysia (Vendor Code: 00029488).
 “O” marked parts are recommended to be kept in stock.

198
SAFETY REF. NO. PART NAME & DESCRIPTION QTY. CS-XZ50VKEW REMARK
1 CHASSIS COMPLETE 1 ACXD50C01600
2 FAN MOTOR 1 L6CBYYYL0193 O
3 CROSS-FLOW FAN COMPLETE 1 CWH02C1136
4 BEARING ASSY 1 CWH64K1010
5 SCREW - CROSS-FLOW FAN 1 CWH551146
6 PARTICULAR PIECE 1 CWD933067A
7 EVAPORATOR 1 ACXB30C02760
8 FLARE NUT (LIQUID) 1 CWT251030
9 FLARE NUT (GAS) 1 CWT251032
10 CONTROL BOARD CASING 1 ACXH10-00720
11 PARTICULAR PIECE - COVER 1 CWD933138
12 TERMINAL BOARD COMPLETE 1 ACXA28C05590 O
13 ELECTRONIC CONTROLLER - MAIN 1 ACXA73C50950 O
14 ELECTRONIC CONTROLLER - SUB 1 ACXA73-28560 O
15 ELECTRONIC CONTROLLER - INDICATOR 1 ACXA73-29790 O
18 INDICATOR HOLDER 1 ACXD93-01960
19 INDICATOR HOLDER 1 ACXD93-01970
20 SENSOR COMPLETE 1 CWA50C3226 O
21 GENERATOR COMPLETE 1 ACXH94C00970
22 ELECTRONIC CONTROLLER - WIFI 1 ACXA73-28520
23 CONTROL BOARD TOP COVER 1 ACXH13-00430
24 DISCHARGE GRILLE COMPLETE 1 ACXE20C00660
25 BACK COVER CHASSIS 1 ACXD93-10180A
26 FULCRUM 2 ACXH62-00080
27 VERTICAL VANE 11 ACXE24-00400
28 CONNECTING BAR 1 ACXE26-00190
29 CONNECTING BAR 1 ACXE26-00200
30 AIR SWING MOTOR 1 ACXA98K00030 O
31 AIR SWING MOTOR 1 ACXA98-01990 O
32 AIR SWING MOTOR 1 ACXA98-02000 O
33 CAP - DRAIN TRAY 1 CWH521259
34 HORIZONTAL VANE COMPLETE 1 ACXE24C00750
35 HORIZONTAL VANE COMPLETE 1 ACXE24C00540
36 DUCT - COMPLETE 1 ACXD22C00240
37 CONTROL BOARD COVER - COMPLETE 1 ACXH13C00150
38 REMOTE CONTROL COMPLETE 1 ACXA75C16210 O
39 FRONT GRILLE COMPLETE 1 ACXE10C09540 O
40 INTAKE GRILLE COMPLETE 1 ACXE22K00190
41 GRILLE DOOR COMPLETE 1 ACXE14C00060
42 AIR FILTER 2 ACXD00-00250 O
43 SCREW - FRONT GRILLE 4 XTT4+16CFJ
44 CAP - FRONT GRILLE 3 ACXH52-00100A
45 DRAIN HOSE 1 ACXH85-00210
46 INSTALLATION PLATE 1 CWH361098
47 BAG COMPLETE - INSTALLATION SCREW 1 CWH82C1705
49 OPERATING INSTRUCTION 1 ACXF55-22540
50 OPERATING INSTRUCTION 1 ACXF55-22550
51 OPERATING INSTRUCTION 1 ACXF55-22700

199
 SAFETY REF. NO. PART NAME & DESCRIPTION QTY. CS-XZ50VKEW REMARK
52 OPERATING INSTRUCTION 1 ACXF55-22710
53 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTION 1 ACXF60-34310
54 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTION 1 ACXF60-34320
55 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTION 1 ACXF60-34330
56 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTION 1 ACXF60-34340
57 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTION 1 ACXF60-34350
58 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTION 1 ACXF60-34360
59 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTION 1 ACXF60-34370
60 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTION 1 ACXF60-34380
61 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTION 1 ACXF60-34390
62 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTION 1 ACXF60-34400
63 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTION 1 ACXF60-34410
64 BAG 1 ACXG86-00130
65 SHOCK ABSORBER 1 ACXG70-00840
66 SHOCK ABSORBER 1 ACXG70-00850
67 C. C. CASE 1 ACXG50-49010

(NOTE)
 All parts are supplied from PAPAMY, Malaysia (Vendor Code: 00029488).
 “O” marked parts are recommended to be kept in stock.

200
22.2 Outdoor Unit
22.2.1 CU-Z20VKE CU-Z25VKE CU-Z35VKE

I/I 56 I/I 57 I/I 58 I/I 59 I/I 60 I/I 61

50

I/I 62 I/I 63 I/I 64 I/I 65 I/I 66

71

41

69

39
38

70
12

26
67

14
2
47
4
5 27
34

45
68 35
6
37
25
28

7 24

16
29
36

22

21 42
33

30 8

19
17

31 40
11
10
20
15

43

3
1

31
53

52

Note
The above exploded view is for the purpose of parts disassembly and replacement.
The non-numbered parts are not kept as standard service parts.

201
 REF.
SAFETY PART NAME & DESCRIPTION QTY. CU-Z20VKE CU-Z25VKE CU-Z35VKE REMARK
NO.
1 CHASSIS COMPLETE 1 CWD52K1399 ← ←
2 FAN MOTOR BRACKET 1 CWD541157 ← ←
3 SCREW - FAN MOTOR BRACKET 2 CWH551217 ← ←
4 FAN MOTOR 1 L6CAYYYL0064 ← ← O
5 SCREW - FAN MOTOR MOUNT 4 CWH55252J ← ←
6 PROPELLER FAN ASSY 1 CWH03K1100 ← ←
7 NUT - PROPELLER FAN 1 CWH56053J ← ←
8 COMPRESSOR 1 KSK75D43UEE 9RS102XMA21 ← O
10 ANTI - VIBRATION BUSHING 3 ACXH50-00970 CWH50077 ←
11 NUT - COMPRESSOR MOUNT 3 CWH561096 ← ←
12 CONDENSER 1 ACXB32C15080 ACXB32C00760 ←
14 DISCHARGE MUFFLER 1 CWB121021 ← ←
15 HOLDER COUPLING 1 CWH351233 ← ←
16 4-WAYS VALVE 1 ACXB00-00130 ← ← O
17 DISCHARGE MUFFLER (4 W. VALVE) 1 CWB121010 ← ←
19 2-WAYS VALVE (LIQUID) 1 CWB021180J CWB021654 ← O
20 3-WAY VALVE (GAS) 1 CWB011374 ← ← O
21 TERMINAL COVER 1 ACXH17-01460 CWH171039A ←
22 NUT - TERMINAL COVER 1 ACXH56-00460 CWH7080300J ←
24 V-COIL COMPLETE 1 ACXA43C00250 ← ← O
25 O-RING 1 ACXB81-06510 ← ←
26 V-COIL COMPLETE 1 ACXA43C06110 ← ← O
27 SOUND PROOF BOARD 1 CWH151427 CWH151428 ←
28 REACTOR 1 G0C752J00004 G0C392J00037 ← O
29 SOUND PROOF MATERIAL - TOP 1 ACXG30-09030 CWG302314 ←
30 SOUND PROOF MATERIAL - BODY 1 ACXG30-09020 CWG302948 ←
31 SOUND PROOF MATERIAL 1 ACXG30-08500 CWG302316 ←
33 SENSOR CO - COMP TEMP 1 CWA50C2830 CWA50C2205 ← O
34 CONTROL BOARD COVER - TOP 1 ACXH13-00450 ← ←
35 ELECTRONIC CONTROLLER - MAIN 1 ACXA73C52130R ACXA73C50160R ACXA73C50170R O
36 TERMINAL BOARD ASSY 1 CWA28K1298 ← ← O
37 CABINET SIDE PLATE CO. 1 ACXE04C00200 ACXE04C00460 ←
SENSOR CO - AIR TEMP AND PIPE
38 1 CWA50C3079 ← ← O
TEMP
39 CABINET SIDE PLATE 1 CWE041858A ← ←
40 CABINET FRONT PLATE CO. 1 CWE06C1566 ← ←
41 CABINET TOP PLATE 1 CWE031230A ← ←
42 PLATE - C. B. COVER TERMINAL 1 CWH131301 ← ←
43 CONTROL BOARD COVER CO. 1 CWH13C1359 ← ←
45 STRAINER 1 CWB11094 ← ←
47 EXPANSION VALVE 1 CWB051078 ← ←
50 WIRE NET 1 ACXD04-00040A ← ←
52 BAG - COMPLETE 1 CWG87C900 ← ←
53 PANASONIC BADGE 1 CWE373439 ← ←
56 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTION 1 ACXF60-33670 ← ←
57 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTION 1 ACXF60-33680 ← ←
58 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTION 1 ACXF60-33690 ← ←

202
 REF.
SAFETY PART NAME & DESCRIPTION QTY. CU-Z20VKE CU-Z25VKE CU-Z35VKE REMARK
NO.
59 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTION 1 ACXF60-33700 ← ←
60 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTION 1 ACXF60-33710 ← ←
61 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTION 1 ACXF60-33720 ← ←
62 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTION 1 ACXF60-33730 ← ←
63 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTION 1 ACXF60-33740 ← ←
64 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTION 1 ACXF60-33750 ← ←
65 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTION 1 ACXF60-33760 ← ←
66 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTION 1 ACXF60-33770 ← ←
67 BAG 1 CWG861078 ← ←
68 BASE BOARD - COMPLETE 1 CWG62C1223 ← ←
69 SHOCK ABSORBER - RIGHT 1 CWG713778 ← ←
70 SHOCK ABSORBER - LEFT 1 CWG713779 ← ←
71 C. C. CASE 1 ACXG50-48860 ← ←

(NOTE)
 All parts are supplied from PAPAMY, Malaysia (Vendor Code: 00029488).
 “O” marked parts are recommended to be kept in stock.

203
22.2.2 CU-Z42VKE

I/I 56 I/I 57 I/I 58 I/I 59 I/I 60 I/I 61

I/I 62 I/I 63 I/I 64 I/I 65 I/I 66

71

41

69 50

12

39
38
70
26
67
47

45 14

68

34

35
2

4
6
31
36

27 42

5
25
7

37

30
28

24
33
16
43
22

21

29
17

11

10 19

40
15

1 20

53

52

Note
The above exploded view is for the purpose of parts disassembly and replacement.
The non-numbered parts are not kept as standard service parts.

204
SAFETY REF. NO. PART NAME & DESCRIPTION QTY. CU-Z42VKE REMARK
1 CHASSIS COMPLETE 1 CWD52K1277
2 FAN MOTOR BRACKET 1 CWD541167
3 SCREW - FAN MOTOR BRACKET 2 CWH551217
4 FAN MOTOR 1 L6CAYYYL0064 O
5 SCREW - FAN MOTOR MOUNT 4 CWH55252J
6 PROPELLER FAN ASSY 1 CWH03K1066
7 NUT - PROPELLER FAN 1 CWH56053J
8 COMPRESSOR 1 9RS102XMA21 O
10 ANTI - VIBRATION BUSHING 3 CWH50077
11 NUT - COMPRESSOR MOUNT 3 CWH561096
12 CONDENSER 1 CWB32C3680
14 DISCHARGE MUFFLER 1 CWB121021
15 HOLDER COUPLING 1 CWH351023
16 4-WAYS VALVE 1 ACXB00-00130 O
17 DISCHARGE MUFFLER (4 W. VALVE) 1 CWB121010
19 2-WAYS VALVE (LIQUID) 1 CWB021180J O
20 3-WAY VALVE (GAS) 1 CWB011367 O
21 TERMINAL COVER 1 CWH171039A
22 NUT - TERMINAL COVER 1 CWH7080300J
24 V-COIL COMPLETE - 4 WAY VALVE 1 ACXA43C00250 O
25 O-RING 1 ACXB81-06510
26 V-COIL COMPLETE 1 ACXA43C06110 O
27 SOUND PROOF BOARD 1 CWH151274
28 REACTOR 1 G0C392J00039 O
29 SOUND PROOF MATERIAL 1 CWG302701
30 SOUND PROOF MATERIAL - BODY 1 ACXG30-08490
31 SOUND PROOF MATERIAL - TOP 1 CWG302719
33 SENSOR CO - COMP TEMP 1 CWA50C2830 O
34 CONTROL BOARD COVER - TOP 1 CWH131473
35 ELECTRONIC CONTROLLER - MAIN 1 ACXA73C50180R O
36 TERMINAL BOARD ASSY 1 CWA28K1298 O
37 CABINET SIDE PLATE CO. 1 ACXE04C05190
38 SENSOR CO - AIR TEMP AND PIPE TEMP 1 CWA50C3078 O
39 CABINET SIDE PLATE 1 ACXE04-10010
40 CABINET FRONT PLATE CO. 1 ACXE06C02890
41 CABINET TOP PLATE 1 ACXE03-02880
42 PLATE - C. B. COVER TERMINAL 1 CWH131470
43 CONTROL BOARD COVER CO. 1 CWH13C1253
45 STRAINER 1 CWB11094
47 EXPANSION VALVE 1 CWB051078
50 WIRE NET 1 CWD041200A
52 BAG - COMPLETE 1 CWG87C900
53 PANASONIC BADGE 1 CWE373439
56 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTION 1 ACXF60-33670
57 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTION 1 ACXF60-33680

205
 SAFETY REF. NO. PART NAME & DESCRIPTION QTY. CU-Z42VKE REMARK
58 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTION 1 ACXF60-33690
59 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTION 1 ACXF60-33700
60 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTION 1 ACXF60-33710
61 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTION 1 ACXF60-33720
62 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTION 1 ACXF60-33730
63 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTION 1 ACXF60-33740
64 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTION 1 ACXF60-33750
65 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTION 1 ACXF60-33760
66 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTION 1 ACXF60-33770
67 BAG 1 ACXG86-03760
68 BASE BOARD - COMPLETE 1 CWG62C1144
69 SHOCK ABSORBER - TOP RIGHT 1 CWG713415
70 SHOCK ABSORBER - TOP LEFT 1 CWG713416
71 C. C. CASE 1 ACXG50-48870

(NOTE)
 All parts are supplied from PAPAMY, Malaysia (Vendor Code: 00029488).
 “O” marked parts are recommended to be kept in stock.

206
22.2.3 CU-Z50VKE

I/I 56 I/I 57 I/I 58 I/I 59 I/I 60 I/I 61

I/I 62 I/I 63 I/I 64 I/I 65 I/I 66

71 50

41
70

44

39
69 67 12

38

68
2

6
34
53
5 4
27 35
28
40

7
30 24
16
25 36
26

47 42
49
29
33
37
22 45 43
21
8

32 11

1 15
19
10
x2

x2
20

31

52

Note
The above exploded view is for the purpose of parts disassembly and replacement.
The non-numbered parts are not kept as standard service parts.

207
SAFETY REF. NO. PART NAME & DESCRIPTION QTY. CU-Z50VKE REMARK
1 CHASSIS COMPLETE 1 ACXD52K00320
2 FAN MOTOR BRACKET 1 ACXD54-00140
3 SCREW - FAN MOTOR BRACKET 2 CWH551217
4 FAN MOTOR 1 L6CAYYYL0076 O
5 SCREW - FAN MOTOR MOUNT 4 CWH551106J
6 PROPELLER FAN ASSY 1 ACXH03K00070
7 NUT - PROPELLER FAN 1 CWH56053J
8 COMPRESSOR 1 9RD132XAA21 O
10 ANTI - VIBRATION BUSHING 3 CWH50077
11 NUT - COMPRESSOR MOUNT 3 CWH561096
12 CONDENSER 1 ACXB32C08610
15 HOLDER COUPLING 1 ACXH35-00080
16 4-WAYS VALVE 1 ACXB00-00140 O
19 2-WAYS VALVE (LIQUID) 1 ACXB02-00210 O
20 3-WAY VALVE (GAS) 1 ACXB01-00580 O
21 TERMINAL COVER 1 CWH171039A
22 NUT - TERMINAL COVER 1 CWH7080300J
24 V-COIL COMPLETE - 4 WAY VALVE 1 ACXA43C00250 O
25 O-RING 1 ACXB81-06510
26 V-COIL COMPLETE 1 ACXA43C06110 O
27 SOUND PROOF BOARD 1 ACXH15-00200
28 REACTOR 1 G0C392J00027 O
29 SOUND PROOF MATERIAL - COMP. BODY 1 CWG302950
30 SOUND PROOF MATERIAL - COMP. TOP 1 CWG302630
31 SOUND PROOF MATERIAL 1 CWG302632
32 SOUND PROOF MATERIAL 1 CWG302636
33 SENSOR CO - COMP TEMP 1 CWA50C2185 O
34 CONTROL BOARD COVER - TOP 1 ACXH13-00490
35 ELECTRONIC CONTROLLER - MAIN 1 ACXA73C51340R O
36 TERMINAL BOARD ASSY 1 CWA28K1298 O
37 CABINET SIDE PLATE CO. 1 ACXE04C00720
38 SENSOR CO - AIR TEMP AND PIPE TEMP 1 CWA50C3079 O
39 CABINET SIDE PLATE 1 ACXE04-00580
40 CABINET FRONT PLATE CO. 1 ACXE06K00080
41 CABINET TOP PLATE 1 ACXE03-00200
42 PLATE - C. B. COVER TERMINAL 1 CWH131470
43 CONTROL BOARD COVER CO. 1 ACXH13C00170
44 HANDLE 1 CWE161010
45 STRAINER 1 CWB11094
47 EXPANSION VALVE 1 CWB051078
49 RECEIVER 1 CWB14011
50 WIRE NET 1 ACXD04-00130A
52 BAG - COMPLETE 1 CWG87C900
53 PANASONIC BADGE 1 CWE373439
56 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTION 1 ACXF60-33670
57 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTION 1 ACXF60-33680

208
 SAFETY REF. NO. PART NAME & DESCRIPTION QTY. CU-Z50VKE REMARK
58 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTION 1 ACXF60-33690
59 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTION 1 ACXF60-33700
60 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTION 1 ACXF60-33710
61 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTION 1 ACXF60-33720
62 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTION 1 ACXF60-33730
63 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTION 1 ACXF60-33740
64 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTION 1 ACXF60-33750
65 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTION 1 ACXF60-33760
66 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTION 1 ACXF60-33770
67 BAG 1 CWG861461
68 BASE BOARD-COMPLETE 1 CWG62C1131
69 SHOCK ABSORBER - LEFT 1 CWG713217
70 SHOCK ABSORBER - RIGHT 1 CWG713218
71 C. C. CASE 1 ACXG50-48880

(NOTE)
 All parts are supplied from PAPAMY, Malaysia (Vendor Code: 00029488).
 “O” marked parts are recommended to be kept in stock.

209
22.2.4 CU-Z71VKE

I/I 56 I/I 57 I/I 58 I/I 59 I/I 60 I/I 61

I/I 62 I/I 63 I/I 64 I/I 65 I/I 66

50
71

41

70
44

39

67 12
69

38

68 2

13

6
34 45
53
5 4
27 35
28
40

7 25
30 24
16

36

26

33 42

29 47
37
22 17 43
21
8 49

32 51
11

1 15
19
10
x2
9
x2
20

52

Note
The above exploded view is for the purpose of parts disassembly and replacement.
The non-numbered parts are not kept as standard service parts.

210
SAFETY REF. NO. PART NAME & DESCRIPTION QTY. CU-Z71VKE REMARK
1 CHASSIS COMPLETE 1 ACXD52K00280
2 FAN MOTOR BRACKET 1 ACXD54-00140
3 SCREW - FAN MOTOR BRACKET 2 CWH551217
4 FAN MOTOR 1 L6CAYYYL0076 O
5 SCREW - FAN MOTOR MOUNT 4 CWH551106J
6 PROPELLER FAN ASSY 1 ACXH03K00070
7 NUT - PROPELLER FAN 1 CWH56053J
8 COMPRESSOR 1 9KD240XBA21 O
9 PACKING 1 CWB81043
10 ANTI - VIBRATION BUSHING 3 CWH50055
11 NUT - COMPRESSOR MOUNT 3 CWH561049
12 CONDENSER 1 ACXB32C01930
13 TUBE ASS'Y (CAPPILARY TUBE) 1 ACXT00C05240
15 HOLDER COUPLING 1 ACXH35-00080
16 4-WAYS VALVE 1 ACXB00-00140 O
17 DISCHARGE MUFFLER (4 W. VALVE) 1 CWB121013
19 2-WAYS VALVE (LIQUID) 1 ACXB02-00220 O
20 3-WAY VALVE (GAS) 1 CWB011363 O
21 TERMINAL COVER 1 CWH171039A
22 NUT - TERMINAL COVER 1 CWH7080300J
24 V-COIL COMPLETE - 4 WAY VALVE 1 ACXA43C00250 O
25 O-RING 1 ACXB81-06510
26 V-COIL COMPLETE 1 ACXA43C06110 O
27 SOUND PROOF BOARD 1 ACXH15-00230
28 REACTOR 1 G0C392J00029 O
29 SOUND PROOF MATERIAL - COMP. BODY 1 CWG302997
30 SOUND PROOF MATERIAL - COMP. TOP 1 CWG302246
32 SOUND PROOF MATERIAL 1 CWG302636
33 SENSOR CO - COMP TEMP 1 CWA50C2185 O
34 CONTROL BOARD COVER - TOP 1 ACXH13-00490
35 ELECTRONIC CONTROLLER - MAIN 1 ACXA73C51350R O
36 TERMINAL BOARD ASSY 1 CWA28K1298 O
37 CABINET SIDE PLATE CO. 1 ACXE04C00700
38 SENSOR CO - AIR TEMP AND PIPE TEMP 1 CWA50C3079 O
39 CABINET SIDE PLATE 1 ACXE04-00580
40 CABINET FRONT PLATE CO. 1 ACXE06K00080
41 CABINET TOP PLATE 1 ACXE03-00200
42 PLATE - C. B. COVER TERMINAL 1 CWH131470
43 CONTROL BOARD COVER CO. 1 ACXH13C00170
44 HANDLE 1 CWE161010
45 STRAINER 1 CWB111032
47 EXPANSION VALVE 1 CWB051079
49 RECEIVER 1 CWB14030
50 WIRE NET 1 ACXD04-00130A
51 ACCUMULATOR 1 ACXB13-00010
52 BAG - COMPLETE 1 CWG87C900

211
 SAFETY REF. NO. PART NAME & DESCRIPTION QTY. CU-Z71VKE REMARK
53 PANASONIC BADGE 1 CWE373439
56 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTION 1 ACXF60-33670
57 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTION 1 ACXF60-33680
58 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTION 1 ACXF60-33690
59 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTION 1 ACXF60-33700
60 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTION 1 ACXF60-33710
61 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTION 1 ACXF60-33720
62 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTION 1 ACXF60-33730
63 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTION 1 ACXF60-33740
64 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTION 1 ACXF60-33750
65 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTION 1 ACXF60-33760
66 INSTALLATION INSTRUCTION 1 ACXF60-33770
67 BAG 1 CWG861461
68 BASE BOARD - COMPLETE 1 ACXG62C00230
69 SHOCK ABSORBER - LEFT 1 CWG713217
70 SHOCK ABSORBER - RIGHT 1 CWG713218
71 C. C. CASE 1 ACXG50-48880

(NOTE)
 All parts are supplied from PAPAMY, Malaysia (Vendor Code: 00029488).
 “O” marked parts are recommended to be kept in stock.

Printed in Malaysia
YB1218-0

212